UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 20112013

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number: 0-4887

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Missouri 43-0903811
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1010 Grand Boulevard, Kansas City, Missouri 64106
(Address of principal executive offices) (ZIP Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code):(816) 860-7000

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    x  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ¨  Yes    x  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    x  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    x  Yes¨  No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filerx Accelerated filer¨ Non- accelerated filer¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ¨  Yes    x  No

As of June 30, 20112013 the aggregate market value of common stock outstanding held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $1,357,795,500$1,842,394,141 based on the NASDAQ Global Select Market closing price of that date.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Class

 Outstanding at February 15, 201214, 2014

Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value

 40,549,50445,235,254

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2012,22, 2014, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.



INDEX

 

PART I

   3  

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

   3  

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

   1211  

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

   1615  

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

   1615  

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   1716  

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

16

PART II

   17  

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

   1817  

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   1918  

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   2120  

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   4549  

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

   5256  

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

   97105  

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

   97105  

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

   99107  

PART III

   99107  

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

   99107  

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   99107  

ITEM  12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

   99107  

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

   100108  

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

   100108  

PART IV

   100108  

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

   100108  

SIGNATURES

   103111  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

  


PART I

ITEM 1.BUSINESS

General

UMB Financial Corporation (the Company) is a diversified financial holding company that is headquartered in Kansas City, Missouri. Together with its subsidiaries, the Company supplies banking services, institutional investment management, asset servicing, and payment solutions to its customers in the United States and around the globe.

The Company was organized as a corporation in 1967 under Missouri law for the purpose of becomingin 1967 and is registered as a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (BHCA). In 2001, the Company elected to become(the BHCA) and a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLB Act)(the GLBA). The Company currently owns all of the outstanding stock of four commercial banksone national bank and 21 otherseveral nonbank subsidiaries.

The four commercial banks are engaged in general commercial banking business. The principal location of each bank is in Missouri, Colorado, Kansas, and Arizona, respectively. The principal subsidiaryCompany’s national bank, UMB Bank, n.a.National Association (the Bank), whosehas its principal office is in Missouri and also has branches in Arizona, Colorado, Illinois, Kansas, Nebraska, Oklahoma, and Oklahoma.Texas. The banks offerBank offers a full rangecomplement of banking services to commercial, retail, government, and correspondent bank customers. In addition to standard banking functions, the principal subsidiary bank, UMB Bank, n.a., provides commercial and retail banking servicescorrespondent-bank customers, including investment and cash management services and a fullwide range of asset-management, trust, activities for individuals, estates, business corporations, governmental bodiesbank-card, and public authorities. Subsidiaries ofcash-management services.

The Company’s significant nonbank subsidiaries include the Company include mutual fund and alternative investment services groups, single-purpose companies that deal with brokerage services and insurance and following:

Scout Investments, offeringInc. (Scout) is an institutional asset-management company that is headquartered in Kansas City, Missouri. Scout offers domestic and international equity strategies through its Scout Asset Management Division and fixed income investmentfixed-income strategies for institutions and individual investors. The Company’s products and services are grouped into three segments, Commercial Financial Services, Institutional Financial Services, and Personal Financial Services. These segments are described in detail with their related financial results in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, pages 82 through 83 of this report. The primary non-bank subsidiaries of the Company are described below.its Reams Asset Management Division.

 

UMB Fund Services, Inc., (UMBFS) is located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Kansas City, Missouri, and Boston, Massachusetts,Chadds Ford, Pennsylvania and provides fund accounting, transfer agency, and other services to mutual fund groups representing funds and managed account services to asset management groups. In addition, JD Clark & Co., Inc., a subsidiary of UMB Fund Services, Inc.,UMBFS, is located in Ogden, Utah, and Media, Pennsylvania provides similar services to alternative investmentalternative-investment groups.

Scout Investments, Inc. is an institutional asset management company located in Kansas City, Missouri. Scout Investments, Inc. offers domestic and international equity investments through Scout Asset Management and fixed income investments through Reams Asset Management both divisions of Scout Investments, Inc..

Prairie Capital Management, LLC, headquartered in Kansas City, Missouri, is a wealth management consulting firm and serves as investment manager to proprietary pooled investment vehicles, including traditional diversified equity funds, hedge funds, and private equity funds. Prairie Capital has branch offices in Illinois, Colorado, and Pennsylvania.

On a full-time equivalent basis at December 31, 2011,2013, the Company and its subsidiaries employed 3,4483,498 persons.

Business Segments

The Company’s products and services are grouped into four segments: Bank, Institutional Investment Management, Asset Servicing, and Payment Solutions.

Segment Information.    Financial information regardingThese segments and their financial results are described in detail in (i) the Company’s three segments is includedsection of Management’s Discussion and Analysis entitledBusiness Segments, which can be found in Item 7, pages 33 through 35, of this report and (ii) Note 1312 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, providedwhich can be found in Item 8, pages 8287 through 8388, of this report.

Competition

Competition.    The Company faces intense competition from hundreds of financial service providers in each of its business segments and in all of the various markets served. Theand geographic regions that the Company competes with otherand its subsidiaries serve. Competition comes from both traditional and non-traditional financial servicefinancial-services providers, including banks, thrifts,savings associations, finance companies, investment advisors, asset managers, mutual funds, mortgage bankingprivate-equity firms, hedge funds, brokerage firms, mortgage-banking companies, brokeragecredit-card companies, insurance companies, investment managerstrust companies, securities processing companies, and credit unions. CustomersMany of these competitors, moreover, are not subject to the same kind or degree of supervision and regulation that the Company and its subsidiaries experience.

Competition is based on a number of factors. Banking customers are generally influenced by convenience, of location,rates and pricing, personal experience, quality of service, personal contact, price of

3


services, and availability of products. The impact from competition is critical not only to pricing, but also to transaction execution, products and services, offered, innovationlending limits, transaction execution, and reputation. WithinInvestment advisory services compete primarily on returns, expenses, third-party ratings, and the Kansas City banking market,reputation and performance of managers. Asset servicing competes primarily on price, quality of services, and reputation.

Successfully competing in the Company ranks first basedCompany’s chosen markets and regions also depends on the amountCompany’s ability to attract, retain, and motivate talented employees, to invest in technology and infrastructure, and to innovate, all the while effectively managing its expenses. The Company expects that competition will only intensify in the future.

Government Monetary and Fiscal Policies

In addition to the impact of deposits at June 30, 2011,general economic conditions, the most recent date for which deposit information is available from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). At June 30, 2011, the Company had 13.4 percent of the deposits in its primary market, the Kansas City metropolitan area, compared to 11.1 percent at June 30, 2010.

Monetary Policy and Economic Conditions.The Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition, capital, liquidity, and earningsprospects are significantly affected significantly by government monetary and fiscal policies that are announced or implemented in the fiscalUnited States and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. Itabroad.

A sizeable influence is particularly affectedexerted, in particular, by the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board or FRB)(FRB), which regulatesinfluences monetary and credit conditions in the economy in pursuit of maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates. Among the FRB’s policy tools are (1) open market operations (that is, purchases or sales of securities in the open market for the purpose of adjusting the supply of moneyreserve balances and creditthus achieving targeted federal funds rates or for the purpose of putting pressure on longer-term interest rates and thus achieving more desirable levels of economic activity and job creation), (2) the discount rate charged on loans by the Federal Reserve Banks, (3) the level of reserves required to be held by depository institutions against specified deposit liabilities, (4) the interest paid on balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Banks by depository institutions, including balances used to satisfy their reserve requirements, and (5) other deposit and loan facilities.

The FRB and its policies have a substantial bearing on the availability of loans and deposits, the rates and other aspects of pricing for loans and deposits, and the conditions in equity, fixed-income, currency, and other markets in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate. Policies announced or implemented by other central banks around the world have a meaningful effect as well.

Tax and other fiscal policies, moreover, impact not only general economic conditions but also give rise to incentives or disincentives that affect how the Company and its customers prioritize objectives, operate businesses, and deploy resources.

Regulation and Supervision

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to regulatory frameworks in the United States. AmongStates—at federal, State, and local levels—and in the instruments of monetary policy availableforeign jurisdictions where its business segments operate. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to the FRB are: conducting open market operationsdirect supervision of government authorities charged with overseeing the kinds of financial activities conducted by its business segments.

This section summarizes some pertinent provisions of the principal laws that apply to the Company or its subsidiaries. The descriptions, however, are not complete and are qualified in United States government securities; changingtheir entirety by the discount ratesfull text and judicial or administrative interpretations of borrowingsthose laws and of depository institutions; imposing or changing reserve requirements against depository institutions’ deposits; and imposing or changing reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates. These methods are used in varying degrees and combinations to directlyother laws that affect the availability of bank loans and deposits, as well as the interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The policies of the FRB have a material effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Company or its subsidiaries.

Supervision and Regulation.    OverviewAs

The Company is a bank holding company under the BHCA and a financial holding company under the GLBA. As a result, the Company (andand its subsidiaries) is subject to extensive regulationsubsidiaries—including all of its businesses and is affected by numerous federaloperations in the

United States and state laws and regulations.

Supervision.    The Company is subject to regulation and examination by the FRB. Its four subsidiary banks abroad—are subject to the regulation, supervision, and examination of the FRB and to restrictions on permissible activities. This scheme of regulation, supervision, and examination is intended primarily for the protection and benefit of depositors and other customers of the Bank, the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the banking and financial systems as a whole, and the broader economy, not for the protection or benefit of its shareholders or its non-deposit creditors.

Many of the Company’s subsidiaries are also subject to separate or related schemes of regulation, supervision, and examination: for example, (1) the Bank by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). UMB under the National Banking Acts, the FDIC under the Federal Deposit Insurance Inc. is regulated by state agencies inAct (FDIA) , and the states in which it operates.Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act); (2) Scout, Investments, Inc., Scout Distributors, LLC, UMBFS, UMB Distribution Services, LLC, UMB Financial Services, Inc., and Prairie Capital Management, LLC and UMB Fund Services, Inc. are subject to the rules and regulations ofby the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and State regulatory authorities under federal and State securities laws, and UMB Distribution Services, LLC and UMB Financial Services, Inc. by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) becauseas well; and (3) UMB Insurance, Inc. by State regulatory authorities under applicable State insurance laws. These schemes, like that overseen by the FRB, are designed to protect public or private interests that often are not aligned with those of the Scout Funds and the servicing of other mutual fund groups and alternative investment products. its shareholders or non-deposit creditors.

The FRB possesses ceaseextensive authorities and desist powers over bank holding companies if their actions representto regulate the conduct of the Company’s businesses and operations. If the FRB were to take the position that the Company or its subsidiaries have violated any law or commitment or engaged in any unsafe or unsound practicespractice, formal or violations of law. In addition,informal corrective or enforcement actions could be taken by the FRB is empowered to imposeagainst the Company, its subsidiaries, and institution-affiliated parties (such as directors, officers, and agents). These enforcement actions could include an imposition of civil monetary penalties for violations of banking statutes and regulations. Regulation bycould directly affect not only the FRB is intended to protect depositors ofCompany, its subsidiaries, and institution-affiliated parties but also the Company’s banks, notcounterparties, shareholders, and creditors and its commitments, arrangements, or other dealings with them. The OCC has similarly expansive authorities and powers over the Company’s shareholders. The Company is subject to a number of restrictions and requirements imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 relating to internal controls over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, loans to directors or executive officers of the CompanyBank and its subsidiaries, as does the preparation and certification of the Company’s consolidatedCFPB over matters involving consumer financial statements, the duties of the Company’s audit committee, relations with and functions performed by the Company’s independent auditors, and various accounting and corporate governance matters.laws. The Company’s brokerage affiliate, UMB Financial Services, Inc., is regulated by the SEC, FINRA, and isother domestic or foreign government authorities also subjecthave an array of means at their disposal to certain regulations ofregulate and enforce matters within their jurisdiction that could impact the various states in which it transacts business. It is subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales methods, trade practices among broker/dealers, capital structure, usesCompany’s businesses and safekeeping of customers’ fundsoperations.

Restrictions on Permissible Activities and securities, recordkeeping, and the conduct of directors, officers and employees. The SEC and the organizations to which it has delegated certain regulatory authority may conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fines, suspension or expulsion of a broker/dealer, its directors, officers and employees. The principal purpose of regulation of securities broker/dealers is the protection of customers and the securities market, rather than the protection of stockholders of broker/dealers.Corporate Matters

Limitation on AcquisitionsBank holding companies and Activities.    The Company is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act, which requires the Company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to (i) acquire substantially all the assets of any bank, (ii) acquire more than 5% of any class of voting stock of a bank or bank holding company which is not already majority owned, or (iii) merge or consolidate with another bank holding company. The BHCA also imposes significant limitations on the scope and type of activities in which the Company and its

4


their subsidiaries may engage. The activities of bank holding companies are generally limited, under the BHCA, to the business of banking managing or controlling banks, and otherto closely related activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to beare a proper incident thereto. In addition, under the GLB Act,to banking.

As a bank holding company all of whose controlled depository institutions are “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” (as defined in federal banking regulations) and which obtains “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) ratings, may declare itselfthat has elected to bebecome a “financial holding company” and engage in a broader range of activities.

A financial holding company may affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies andunder the GLBA, the Company is also able—directly or through its subsidiaries—to engage in other activities that are financial in nature, or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature. “Financial in nature” activities include:

securities underwriting, dealing and market making;

sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies;

insurance underwriting and insurance agency activities;

merchant banking; and

activities that the FRB determines to be financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, or whichthat are complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a substantial risk to the safety andor soundness risk.

Aof depository institutions or the financial holding company that desires to engage in activitiessystem generally. Activities that are financial in nature include (1) underwriting, dealing in, or incidentalmaking a market in securities, (2) providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, (3) underwriting insurance, and (4) merchant banking.

The Company’s ability to adirectly or indirectly engage in these banking and financial activity but not previously authorizedactivities, however, is subject to conditions and other limits imposed by law or the FRB must obtainand, in some cases, requires the approval fromof the FRB before engagingor other government authorities. These conditions or other limits may arise due to the particular type of activity or may apply more generally. An example of the former are the substantial restrictions on the timing, amount, form, substance, interconnectedness, and management of its merchant banking investments. An example of the latter is a condition that, in such activity. Also, a financial holding company may seek FRB approvalorder for the Company to engage in an activity that is complementary tobroader financial activities, its depository institutions must remain “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable banking laws and must receive at least a financial activity if it shows that“satisfactory” rating under the activity does not pose a substantial riskCommunity Reinvestment Act (CRA).

Under amendments to the safetyBHCA effected by the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and soundnessBranching Efficiency Act of insured depository institutions or1994 and the financial system.Dodd-Frank Act, the Company may acquire banks outside of its home State of Missouri

subject to specified limits and may establish new branches in other States to the same extent as banks chartered in those States. Under the GLB Act, subsidiaries of financial holding companies engaged in non-bank activities are supervised and regulated byBHCA, however, the federal and state agencies which normally supervise and regulate such functions outsideCompany must procure the prior approval of the financial holding company context.

A financial holding company mayFRB to directly or indirectly acquire a company (other than a bank holding company, bankownership or savings association) engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, without prior approval from the FRB. Prior FRB approval is required, however, before the financial holding company may acquire control of more than 5% of theany class of voting sharessecurities of an unaffiliated bank, savings association, or bank holding company or substantially all of its assets. In deciding whether to approve any acquisition or branch, the assetsFRB, the OCC, and other government authorities will consider public or private interests that may not be aligned with those of its shareholders or non-deposit creditors. The FRB also has the power to require the Company to divest a depository institution that cannot maintain its “well capitalized” or “well managed” status.

The FRB also maintains a targeted policy that requires a bank holding company bankto inform and consult with staff of the FRB sufficiently in advance of (1) declaring and paying a dividend that could raise safety and soundness concerns (for example, a dividend that exceeds earnings in the period for which the dividend is being paid), (2) redeeming or savings association.repurchasing regulatory capital instruments when the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses, or (3) redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock that would result in a net reduction as of the end of the quarter in the amount of those equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred.

Requirements Affecting the Relationships among the Company, Its Subsidiaries, and Other Affiliates

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, Scout, UMBFS, and its other subsidiaries but receives the vast majority of its funds in the form of dividends from those subsidiaries. Without the approval of the OCC, however, dividends payable by the Bank in any calendar year may not exceed the lesser of (1) the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years and (2) undivided profits. In addition, under the FRB’s merchant banking regulations,Basel III capital-adequacy standards described below, the Bank will be compelled beginning January 1, 2016, to maintain a financial holding companycapital conservation buffer in excess of its minimum risk-based capital ratios and will be restricted in declaring and paying dividends whenever the buffer is authorized to invest in companies that engage in activities that are not financial in nature, as long as the financial holding company makes its investment with the intention of limiting the durationbreached. The authorities and powers of the investment, does not manageFRB, the company on a day-to-day basis,OCC, and other government authorities to prevent any unsafe or unsound practice also could be employed to further limit the company does not cross marketdividends that the Bank or its products or services with any ofother subsidiaries may declare and pay.

The Dodd-Frank Act codified the financial holding company’s controlled depository institutions. If any subsidiary bank of a financial holding company receives a rating under the CRA of less than “satisfactory”, the financial holding company is limited with respect to its engaging in new activities or acquiring other companies, until the rating is raised to at least “satisfactory.”

Other Regulatory Restrictions & Requirements.    A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with the extension of credit, with limited exceptions. There are also various legal restrictions on the extent to whichFRB’s policy requiring a bank holding company and certain of its non-bank subsidiaries can borrow or otherwise obtain credit from its bank subsidiaries. The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to certain restrictions on issuance, underwriting and distribution of securities. FRB policy requires a bank holding companylike UMB to serve as a source of financial strength for its depository-institution subsidiaries and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. Under this “source of strength doctrine,” a bankcommit resources to support those subsidiaries in circumstances when the holding company is expectedmight not otherwise elect to stand ready to use its available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity, and to maintain resources and the capacity to raise capital that it can commit to its subsidiary banks. Furthermore, the FRB has the right to order a bank holding company to terminate any activity that the FRB

5


believes is a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stabilitydo so. The functional regulator of any subsidiary bank. Also, under cross-guaranty provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA), bank subsidiaries of a bank holding company are liable for any loss incurred by the FDIC insurance fund in connection with the failure of any other banknonbank subsidiary of the bank holding company.company, however, may prevent that subsidiary from directly or indirectly contributing its financial support, and if that were to preclude the holding company from serving as an adequate source of strength, the FRB may instead require the divestiture of depository-institution subsidiaries and impose operating restrictions pending such a divestiture.

The Company’s bank subsidiaries are subject to aA number of laws, regulating depository institutions, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, which expanded the regulatory and enforcement powers of the federal bank regulatory agencies. These laws require that such agencies prescribe standards relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, and mandated annual examinations of banks by their primary regulators. The Company’s bank subsidiaries are also subject to a number of consumer protection laws and regulations of general applicability, as well as the Bank Secrecy Act and USA Patriot Act, which are designed to identify, prevent and deter international money laundering and terrorist financing.

The rate of interest a bank may charge on certain classes of loans is limited by law. At certain times in the past, such limitations have resulted in reductions of net interest margins. Federal laws also impose additional restrictions on the lending activities of banks, including the amount that can be loaned to one borrower or a related group.

All four of the commercial banks owned by the Company are national banks and are subject to supervision and examination by the OCC. In addition, the national banks are subject to examination by The Federal Reserve System. All such banks are members of, and subject to examination by the FDIC.

Payment of dividends by the Company’s affiliate banks to the Company is subject to various regulatory restrictions. For national banks, the OCC must approve the declaration of any dividends generally in excess of the sum of net income for that year and retained net income for the preceding two years. At December 31, 2011, approximately $22.0 million of the equity of the Company’s bank and non-bank subsidiaries was available for distribution as dividends to the Company without prior regulatory approval or without reducing the capital of the respective banks below prudent levels.

Each of the Company’s subsidiary banks are subject to the CRA and implementing regulations. CRA regulations establish the framework and criteria by which the bank regulatory agencies assess an institution’s record of helping to meet the credit needs of its community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. CRA ratings are taken into account by regulators in reviewing certain applications made by the Company and its bank subsidiaries.

Regulatory Capital Requirements Applicable to the Company.    The FRB has promulgated capital adequacy guidelines for use in its examination and supervision of bank holding companies. If a bank holding company’s capital falls below minimum required levels, then the bank holding company must implement a plan to increase its capital, and its ability to pay dividends and make acquisitions of new bank subsidiaries may be restricted or prohibited. The FRB’s capital adequacy guidelines provide for the following types of capital:

Tier 1 capital, also referred to as core capital, calculated as:

common stockholders’ equity;

plus, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and any related surplus;

plus, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries;

less, all intangible assets (other than certain mortgage servicing assets, non-mortgage servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships);

less, certain credit-enhanced interest-only strips and non-financial equity investments required to be deducted from capital; and

6


less, certain deferred tax assets.

Tier 2 capital, also referred to as supplementary capital, calculated as:

allowances for loan and lease losses (limited to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets);

plus, unrealized gains on certain equity securities (limited to 45% of pre-tax net unrealized gains);

plus, cumulative perpetual and long-term preferred stock (original maturity of 20 years or more) and any related surplus;

plus, auction rate and similar preferred stock (both cumulative and non-cumulative);

plus, hybrid capital instruments (including mandatory convertible debt securities); and

plus, term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock with an original weighted average maturity of five years or more (limited to 50% of Tier 1 capital).

The maximum amount of supplementary capital that qualifies as Tier 2 capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital.

Total capital, calculated as:

Tier 1 capital;

plus, qualifying Tier 2 capital;

less, investments in banking and finance subsidiaries that are not consolidated for regulatory capital purposes;

less, intentional, reciprocal cross-holdings of capital securities issued by banks; and

less, other deductions (such as investments in other subsidiaries and joint ventures) as determined by supervising authority.

The Company is required to maintain minimum amounts of capital to various categories of assets, as defined by the banking regulators. See Table 13, Risk-Based Capital, on page 39 for additional detail on the computation of risk-based assets and the related capital ratios.

At December 31, 2011, the Company was required to have minimum Tier 1 capital, Total capital, and leverage ratios of 4.00%, 8.00%, and 4.00% respectively. The Company’s actual ratios at that date were 11.20%, 12.20%, and 6.71%, respectively.

Regulatory Capital Requirements Applicable to the Company’s Subsidiary Banks.    In addition to the minimum capital requirements of the FRB applicable to the Company, there are separate minimum capital requirements applicable to its subsidiary national banks.

Federal banking laws classify an insured financial institution in one of the following five categories, depending upon the amount of its regulatory capital:

“well-capitalized” if it has a total Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater and a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater (and is not subject to any order or written directive specifying any higher capital ratio);

“adequately capitalized” if it has a total Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% or greater (or a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3% or greater, if the bank has a Capital adequacy, Asset quality, Management, Liquidity, and Sensitivity to market risk (CAMELS) rating of 1), a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater;

7


“undercapitalized” if it has a total Tier 1 leverage ratio that is less than 4% (or a Tier 1 leverage ratio that is less than 3%, if the bank has a CAMELS rating of 1), a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4% or a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8%;

“significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total Tier 1 leverage ratio that is less than 3%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio that is less than 3% or a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%; and

“critically undercapitalized” if it has a Tier 1 leverage ratio that is equal to or less than 2%.

Federal banking laws require the federal regulatory agencies to take prompt corrective action against undercapitalized financial institutions. The Company’s banks must be well-capitalized and well-managed in order for the Company to remain a financial holding company. The capital ratios and classifications for the Company and each of the Company’s four banks as of December 31, 2011, are set forth below:

Bank


  Total Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
(5% or greater)

   Tier 1 Risk Based
Capital Ratio

(6% or greater)

   Total Risk-Based
Capital Ratio

(10% or greater)

 

UMB Financial Corporation

   6.71     11.20     12.20  

UMB Bank, n.a.  

   6.32     10.68     11.73  

UMB National Bank of America, n.a.  

   9.02     18.85     19.48  

UMB Bank Colorado, n.a.  

   7.00     11.74     12.46  

UMB Bank Arizona, n.a.  

   10.87     9.83     11.08  

The Company is required to maintain minimum balances with the FRB for each of its subsidiary banks. These balances are calculated from reports filed with the respective FRB for each affiliate. At December 31, 2011, the Company was required to hold $63.3 million at the FRB.

Deposit Insurance and Assessments.    The deposits of each of the Company’s four subsidiary banks are insured by an insurance fund administered by the FDIC, in general up to a maximum of $250,000 per insured deposit. Under federal banking regulations, insured banks are required to pay quarterly assessments to the FDIC for deposit insurance. The FDIC’s risk-based assessment system requires members to pay varying assessment rates depending upon the level of the institution’s capital and the degree of supervisory concern over the institution. The FDIC assessment is separated into two parts. The first part is the FDIC Insurance, and the second part is the assessment for the Financing Corporation (FICO) to fund interest payments on bonds issued by FICO, an agency of the Federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF).

In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020, as required by the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (the Dodd-Frank Act). In November 2010, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that provide for temporary unlimited coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. The separate coverage for non interest-bearing transaction accounts became effective on December 31, 2010 and terminates on December 31, 2012. In February 2011, the FDIC issued a final rule to change the deposit insurance assessment base from total domestic deposits to average total assets minus average tangible equity, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, effective April 1, 2011. The FDIC created a risk based scorecard system to determine an institutions base assessment rate. The scorecards utilize CAMELS ratings and certain financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress. The Company cannot provide any assurance as to the effect of any future proposed change in its deposit insurance premium rate as such changes are dependent upon a variety of factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control.

Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates.    The Company and its non-bank subsidiaries are “affiliates” within the meaning ofprincipally, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, (FRA).also exist to prevent the Company and its nonbank subsidiaries from taking improper advantage of the benefits afforded to the Bank as a depository institution, including its access to federal deposit insurance and the discount window. These laws generally require the Bank and its subsidiaries to deal with the Company and its nonbank subsidiaries only on market terms and, in addition, impose restrictions on the Bank and its subsidiaries in directly or indirectly extending credit to or engaging in other covered transactions with the Company or its nonbank subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act recently extended the restrictions to derivatives and securities lending transactions and expanded the restrictions for transactions involving hedge funds or private-equity funds that are owned or sponsored by the Company or its nonbank subsidiaries.

In addition, under amendments to the BHCA effected by the Dodd-Frank Act and commonly known as the Volcker Rule, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to extensive limits on proprietary trading and on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds. The limits on proprietary trading are largely focused on purchases or sales of financial instruments by a banking entity as principal primarily for the purpose of short-

term resale, benefitting from actual or expected short-term price movements, or realizing short-term arbitrage profits. The limits on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds are designed to ensure that banking entities generally maintain only small positions in managed or advised funds and are not exposed to significant losses arising directly or indirectly from them. The Volcker Rule also provides for increased capital charges, quantitative limits, rigorous compliance programs, and other restrictions on permitted proprietary trading and fund activities, including a prohibition on transactions with a covered fund that would constitute a covered transaction under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. The Company is currently assessing the impact to its businesses of the final regulation implementing the Volcker Rule, which was issued in December 2013, and have until July 21, 2015, to fully conform its activities.

Additional Requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act

On an annual basis beginning in the fall of 2013, the Company and the Bank are required under the Dodd-Frank Act to conduct forward-looking, company-run stress tests as an aid to ensuring that each entity would have sufficient capital to absorb losses and support operations during adverse economic conditions. The first disclosure of a summary of stress-test results for UMB and the Bank is expected to occur in 2015 based on the results of the 2014 stress tests.

Several additional requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations apply by their terms only to bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more and systemically important nonbank financial companies. These requirements include enhanced prudential standards, submission to the comprehensive capital analysis and review, more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, stricter limits on leverage, early remediation requirements, resolution planning, single-counterparty exposure limits, increased liabilities for assessments to the FRB and the FDIC, and mandates imposed by the Financial Stability Oversight Council. While the Company and its subsidiaries are not expressly subject to these requirements, their imposition on global and super-regional institutions has resulted in heightened supervision of regional institutions like the Company by the FRB, the OCC, and other government authorities and in a more aggressive use of their extensive authorities and powers to regulate the Company’s businesses and operations.

Capital-Adequacy Standards

The FRB and the OCC have adopted risk-based capital and leverage guidelines that require the capital-to-assets ratios of bank holding companies and national banks, respectively, to meet specified minimum standards.

The risk-based capital ratios are based on a banking organization’s risk-weighted asset amounts (RWAs), which are generally determined under the standardized approach applicable to the Company and the Bank by (1) assigning on-balance-sheet exposures to broad risk-weight categories according to the counterparty or, if relevant, the guarantor or collateral (with higher risk weights assigned to categories of exposures perceived as representing greater risk) and (2) multiplying off-balance-sheet exposures by specified credit conversion factors to calculate credit equivalent amounts and assigning those credit equivalent amounts to the relevant risk-weight categories. The leverage ratio, in contrast, is based on an institution’s average on-balance-sheet exposures alone.

The Company and the Bank are currently subject to capital-adequacy standards that were originally promulgated in 1989 and that are commonly known as Basel I. In July 2013, the FRB and the OCC issued comprehensive revisions to the capital-adequacy standards, commonly known as Basel III, to which the Company and the Bank will begin transitioning on January 1, 2015, with full conformance required by January 1, 2019.

Under Basel I, total qualifying capital is divided into two tiers: more loss-absorbent ier 1 capital and less loss-absorbent tier 2 capital. The maximum amount of loans or extensionstier 2 capital that may be included in a banking organization’s qualifying total capital is limited to 100% of credit which a bank may make to non-bank affiliates, or to third parties secured by securities or obligations of the non-bank affiliates, are substantially limited by the FRAits tier 1 capital.

The Company and the FDIA. Such acts furtherBank must maintain, under Basel I, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of total qualifying capital to RWAs of 8.0%, a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of tier 1 capital to RWAs of 4.0%, and a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to average on-balance-sheet exposures of 4.0%.

The capital ratios for the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2013, are set forth below:

 

    Tier 1 Leverage Ratio   Tier 1 Risk Based
Capital Ratio
   Total Risk-Based
Capital Ratio
 

UMB Financial Corporation

   8.41     13.61     14.43  

UMB Bank, n.a.  

   7.21     11.73     12.56  

8


restrict the range of permissible transactions betweenThese capital-to-assets ratios also play a bank andcentral role in prompt corrective action (PCA), which is an affiliated company. A bank and subsidiaries of a bank may engage in certain transactions, including loans and purchases of assets, with an affiliated company, only ifenforcement framework used by the terms and conditions of the transaction, including credit standards, are substantially the same as, or at least as favorable to the bank as, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms and conditions that would be offered to non-affiliated companies.

Other Banking Activities.    The investments and activities of the Company’s subsidiary banks are also subject to regulation by federal banking agencies regarding; investmentsto constrain the activities of banking organizations based on their levels of regulatory capital. Five categories have been established using thresholds for the total risk-based capital ratio, the tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and the leverage ratio: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. While bank holding companies are not subject to the PCA framework, the FRB is empowered to compel a holding company to take measures—such as the execution of financial or performance guarantees—when prompt correction action is required in subsidiaries, investmentsconnection with one of its depository-institution subsidiaries. At December 31, 2013, the Bank was well capitalized under the PCA framework.

Basel III bolsters the quantity and quality of capital required under the capital-adequacy guidelines, in part, by (1) imposing a new minimum common-equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, (2) raising the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio to 6.0%, (3) establishing a new capital conservation buffer of common-equity tier 1 capital to RWAs of 2.5%, (4) amending the definition of qualifying capital to be more conservative, and (5) limiting capital distributions and specified discretionary bonus payments whenever the capital conservation buffer is breached. Basel III also enhances the risk sensitivity of the standardized approach to determining a banking organization’s RWAs and addresses other perceived weaknesses in the capital-adequacy guidelines that were identified during the past several years. In addition, as part of their Basel III rulemaking, the federal banking agencies have made corresponding revisions to the PCA framework.

Final and proposed rules relating to Basel III include a number of more rigorous provisions applicable only to banking organizations that are larger or more internationally active than the Company and the Bank. These include, for example, a supplementary leverage ratio incorporating off-balance-sheet exposures, a liquidity coverage ratio, and a net stable funding ratio. It is not yet clear whether, as with the Dodd-Frank Act, these standards may be informally applied or considered by the FRB and the OCC in their own account (including limitations in investments in junk bondsregulation, supervision, and equity securities), loans to officers, directorsexamination of UMB and their affiliates, security requirements, anti-tying limitations, anti-money laundering, financial privacythe Bank.

Deposit Insurance and customer identity verification requirements, truth-in-lending, types of interest bearing deposit accounts offered, trust department operations, brokered deposits, audit requirements, issuance of securities, branching and mergers and acquisitions.Related Matters

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC in the standard insurance amount of $250 thousand per depositor for each account ownership category. This insurance is funded through assessments on the Bank and other insured depository institutions. In connection with implementing the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC in 2011 changed each institution’s assessment base from its total insured deposits to its average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity and created a scorecard method for calculating assessments that combines CAMELS ratings and specified forward-looking financial measures to determine each institution’s risk to the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act also required the FDIC, in setting assessments, to offset the effect of increasing its reserve for the DIF on institutions with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. The result of this revised approach to deposit-insurance assessments is generally an increase in costs, on an absolute or relative basis, for institutions with consolidated assets of $10 billion or more.

If an insured depository institution such as the Bank were to become insolvent or if other specified events were to occur relating to its financial condition or the propriety of its actions, the FDIC may be appointed as

conservator or receiver for the institution. In that capacity, the FDIC would have the power (1) to transfer assets and liabilities of the institution to another person or entity without the approval of the institution’s creditors, (2) to require that its claims process be followed and to enforce statutory or other limits on damages claimed by the institution’s creditors, (3) to enforce the institution’s contracts or leases according to their terms, (4) to repudiate or disaffirm the institution’s contracts or leases, (5) to seek to reclaim, recover, or recharacterize transfers of the institution’s assets or to exercise control over assets in which the institution may claim an interest, (6) to enforce statutory or other injunctions, and (7) to exercise a wide range of other rights, powers, and authorities, including those that could impair the rights and interests of all or some of the institution’s creditors. In addition, the administrative expenses of the conservator or receiver could be afforded priority over all or some of the claims of the institution’s creditors, and under the FDIA, the claims of depositors (including the FDIC as subrogee of depositors) would enjoy priority over the claims of the institution’s unsecured creditors.

The FDIA also provides that an insured depository institution can be held liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with another commonly controlled insured depository institution that is in default or in danger of default. This cross-guarantee liability is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the institution’s holding company and its affiliates.

Other Regulatory and Supervisory Matters

As a public company, the Company is subject to the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and other federal and State securities laws. In addition, because the Company’s common stock is listed with The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, it is subject to the listing rules of that exchange.

The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (commonly known as the Bank Secrecy Act), the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and related laws require all financial institutions, including banks and broker-dealers, to establish a risk-based system of internal controls reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. These laws include a variety of recordkeeping and reporting requirements (such as currency and suspicious activity reporting) as well as know-your-customer and due-diligence rules.

Under the CRA, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of its local communities—including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods—consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA does not create specific lending programs but does establish the framework and criteria by which the OCC regularly assesses the Bank’s record in meeting these credit needs. The Bank’s ratings under the CRA are taken into account by the FRB and the OCC when considering merger or other specified applications that UMB or the Bank may submit from time to time.

The Bank is subject as well to a vast array of consumer-protection laws, such as qualified-mortgage and other mortgage-related rules under the jurisdiction of the CFPB. Lending limits, restrictions on tying arrangements, limits on permissible interest-rate charges, and other laws governing the conduct of banking or fiduciary activities are also applicable to the Bank. In addition, the GLBA imposes on the Company and its subsidiaries a number of obligations relating to financial privacy.

Acquisitions

A discussion of past acquisitions is included in Note 1615 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, providedwhich can be found in Item 8, on pages 86 and 8791 through 92, of this report.

Future Legislation.    On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape, including provisions that, among other things, will:Statistical Disclosure

Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws.

Restrict the preemption of state law by federal law and disallow subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks from availing themselves of such preemption.

Apply the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies.

Require the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to seek to make its capital requirements for national banks countercyclical so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction.

Require financial holding companies to be well capitalized and well managed to maintain financial holding company status. Bank holding companies and banks must also be both well capitalized and well managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state.

Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital, eliminate the ceiling on the size of the DIF and increase the floor of the size of the DIF.

Impose comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market, which would include certain provisions that would effectively prohibit insured depository institutions from conducting certain derivatives businesses in the institution itself.

Require large, publicly traded bank holding companies to create a risk committee responsible for the oversight of enterprise risk management.

Implement corporate governance revisions, including with regard to executive compensation and proxy access by shareholders, that apply to all public companies, not just financial institutions.

Make permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and increase the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000 and provide unlimited federal deposit insurance until December 31, 2012 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions.

9


Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

Amend the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (“EFTA”) to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer.

Increase the authority of the Federal Reserve to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries.

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company, its customers or the financial industry more generally. In the future, management expects that legislative changes will continue to be introduced from time to time in Congress. This legislation may change banking statutes and the Company’s (and its subsidiaries’) operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, this legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any of this potential legislation will be enacted, and if enacted, the effect that it or any implementing regulations could have on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company or its subsidiaries.

The references in the foregoing discussion to various aspects of statutes and regulations are merely summaries which do not purport to be complete and which are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.

Statistical Disclosure.The information required by Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies,” has been included in Items 6, 7, and 7A, pages 1918 through 5155, of this report.

Executive Officers of the Registrants.Registrant.    The following are the executive officers of the Company, each of whom is elected annually, and there are no arrangements or understandings between any of the persons so named and any other person pursuant to which such person was elected as an officer.

 

Name


  Age

  

Position with Registrant


Craig Anderson

  5254  MrMr. Anderson joined UMB Bank, n.a.the Company in 1986. In 2011, he was named President of Commercial Banking for UMB Financial Corporation where hethe Bank and, in that capacity, is responsible for all areas of commercial banking, including treasury management. Prior to his appointment to that position, he served as the President for Regional Banking for the CompanyBank from September 2009 through November 2011 and as Chairman and CEO of National Bank of America in Salina, Kansas, from May 2004 to September 2009.

Terry W. D’Amore

55Mr. D’ Amore joined UMB Bank, n.a. in June 2005. He serves as Executive Vice President, Director of Payment & Technology Solutions Division where he is responsible for sales, service and product management for the Treasury Management, Healthcare, Foreign Exchange, and Merchant Services. Prior to coming to UMB Bank, n.a., he served as National Sales and Service Manager for Treasury Management’s Corporate Finance Division at PNC Bank in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Peter J. deSilva

  5052  Mr. deSilva has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company since January 20042004. He was named Vice Chairman of the Bank in January 2014 and, Chairmanbetween December 2012 and January 2014, served as President and Chief ExecutiveOperating Officer of UMB Bank, n.a. since May 2004.the Bank. Mr. deSilva was previously employed by Fidelity Investments from 1987-2004,1987 to 2004, the last seven years as Senior Vice President with principal responsibility for brokerage operations.

10


Name


Age

Position with Registrant


Peter J. Genovese

65Mr. Genovese has served as Vice Chairman of the Company since October 2008. He previously served as Vice Chairman of the Eastern Region and CEO of St. Louis of UMB Bank, n.a. from January 2004 to October 2008. He also served as President of the Company from January 2000 to January 2004.

Michael D. Hagedorn

  4547  Mr. Hagedorn has served as Vice Chairman Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Administrative Officer of the Company since October 2009. Previously,2009 and was named President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank in January 2014. Between March 2005 and January 2014, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and, from March 2005October 2009 to October 2009.January 2014, also as Chief Administrative Officer of the Company. He previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Wells Fargo, Midwest Banking Group, from April 2001 to March 2005.

Daryl S. Hunt

  5557  Mr. Hunt joined UMB Bank, n.a.was named Chief Administrative Officer of the Company in January 2014. Between November 2007 and January 2014, he served as Executive Vice President of the Operations and Technology Group.Group for the Company and the Bank. Previously, Mr. Hunt worked at Fidelity Investments where he served as Senior Vice President for Transfer Operations from 2006 to 2007, Senior Vice President of Customer Processing Operations from 2003 to 2006, and Senior Vice President of Outbound Mail Operations from 2001 to 2003.

Andrew J. Iseman

  4749  Mr. Iseman joined Scout Investments, Inc. as Chief Executive Officer in August 2010. From February 2009 to June 2010, he served as Chief Operating Officer of RK Capital Management. He was previously employed by Janus Capital Group from January 2003 to April 2008, most recently serving as the Executive Vice President from January 2008 to April 2008 and Chief Operating Officer from May 2007 to April 2008.

J. Mariner Kemper

  3941  Mr. Kemper has served as the Chairman and CEOChief Executive Officer of the Company since May 2004, as the Chairman and has servedChief Executive Officer of the Bank between December 2012 and January 2014, and as Chairman and CEOChief Executive Officer of UMB Bank Colorado, n.a. (a prior subsidiary of the Company) since 2000.UMB) between 2000 and 2012. He was President of UMB Bank Colorado from 1997 to 2000.

Stephen M. KittsName

  51Age  Mr. Kitts joined UMB Bank, n.a. in September 2007 as Executive Vice President of Banking Services where he supervises correspondent banking and investment banking. Prior to joining UMB Bank, n.a., he managed the Capital Markets Group at Commerce Bank from 1996 to 2007.

Position with Registrant

David D. Kling

  6567  Mr. Kling has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of the Company since October 2008. He previously served as the Executive Vice President for Enterprise Services of UMBthe Bank n.a. since November 2007. He also served as Executive Vice President of Financial Services and Support of UMBthe Bank n.a. from 1997 to 2007.

Douglas F. Page

68Mr. Page has served as Executive Vice President of the Company since 1984 and Executive Vice President, Loan Administration, of UMB Bank, n.a. since 1989.

11


Name


Age

Position with Registrant


Christine Pierson

  4951  Ms. Pierson joined the Company in January 2011 as Executive Vice President of Consumer Banking. Prior to 2011, she served the Vice President of US Sales—Animal Health Division for Bayer Healthcare Corporation since 2005.

Dennis R. Rilinger

64Mr. Rilinger has served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company and of UMB Bank, n.a. since 1996.

James A. Sangster

57Mr. Sangster has served as President of UMB Bank, n.a. since 1999.

Lawrence G. Smith

  6466  Mr. Smith has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Organizational Effectiveness Officer of UMBthe Bank n.a. since March 2005. Prior to coming to UMBthe Bank, n.a., Mr. Smith was Vice President—Human Resources for Fidelity Investments in Boston, Massachusetts where he was responsible for Fidelity’s business group human resource activities.

Scott A. Stengel

42Mr. Stengel was named Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company and the Bank in January 2014. He joined the Company as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel in April 2013 after practicing law in Washington, D.C., as a partner with King & Spalding LLP from 2011 to 2013 and as a partner with Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP from 2005 to 2011.

Brian J. Walker

  4042  Mr. Walker joined the Company in June 2007 as Seniorwas named Executive Vice President and Corporate Controller (ChiefChief Financial Officer of UMB in January 2014 and has served as Chief Accounting Officer).Officer of UMB since June 2007. From July of 2004 to June 2007, he served as a Certified Public Accountant for KPMG, where he worked primarily as an auditor for financial institutions. He worked as a Certified Public Accountant for Deloitte & Touche from November 2002 to July of 2004.

Clyde F. Wendel

64Mr. Wendel has served as Vice Chairman of UMB Bank, n.a. and Chief Executive Officer of Personal Financial Services of UMB Bank, n.a. since October 2009. He previously served as President of the Asset Management Division of UMB Bank, n.a. and Vice Chairman of UMB Bank, n.a. from June 2006 to October 2009. Previously, he served as Regional President, Bank of America Private Bank and Senior Bank Executive for Iowa, Kansas, and Western Missouri from 2000-2006.

John P. Zader

  5052  Mr. Zader joined UMB Fund Services in December 2006. He serves as Chief Executive Officer of UMB Fund Services.UMBFS, which he joined in December 2006. He previously served as a consultant to Jefferson Wells International in 2006 and served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC a mutual(a mutual- and hedge fundhedge-fund service providerprovider) from 1988 to 2006.

The Company makes available free of charge on its website atwww.umb.com/investor,, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files or furnishes such material with or to the SEC.

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS

Financial servicesFinancial-services companies routinely encounter and address risks. Some risks may give rise to occurrences that cause the Company’s future results to be materially different than what companies presently anticipate.and uncertainties. In the following paragraphs, the Company describes its current viewsome of certain important strategicthe principal risks although the risks below are not the only risks the Company faces. If any such risks actually materialize, the Company’sand uncertainties that could adversely affect its business, results of operations, financial condition (including capital and liquidity), or prospects could be affected materiallyor the value of or return on an investment in the Company. These risks and adversely.uncertainties, however, are not the only ones faced by the Company. Other risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to the Company, that it has failed to appreciate, or that it currently consider immaterial may adversely affect the Company as well. Except where otherwise noted, the descriptions here address risks and certainties that may affect the Company as well as its

subsidiaries. These risk factors should be read in conjunction with management’s discussionManagement’s Discussion and analysis,Analysis (which can be found in Item 7 of this report beginning on page 21 hereof,20) and the consolidated financial statements,its Consolidated Financial Statements (which can be found in Item 8 of this report beginning on page 52 hereof.56).

12


GeneralThe levels of or changes in interest rates could affect the Company’s business.    The Compnay’s business, results of operations, and financial condition are highly dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on earning assets (such as loans and investments) and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is significantly affected by market rates of interest, which in turn are influenced by monetary and fiscal policies, general economic conditions, the regulatory environment, competitive pressures, and expectations about future changes in interest rates. The policies and regulations of the FRB, in particular, have a substantial impact on market rates of interest. See “Government Monetary and Fiscal Policies” in Part I, Item 1. The Company may be adversely affected by policies, regulations, or events that have the effect of altering the difference between long-term and short-term interest rates (commonly known as the yield curve), depressing the interest rates associated with its earning assets to levels near the rates associated with interest expense, or changing the relationship between different interest-rate indices. The Company’s customers and counterparties also may be negatively impacted by the levels of or changes in interest rates, which could increase the risk of delinquency or default on obligations to the Company. The levels of or changes in interest rates, moreover, may have an adverse effect on the value of the Company’s investment portfolio and other financial instruments, the return on or demand for loans, the prepayment speed of loans, the cost or availability of deposits or other funding sources, or the purchase or sale of investment securities. In addition, a rapid change in interest rates could result in interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of differences in the maturities of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The level of and changes in market rates of interest—and, as a result, these risks and uncertainties—are beyond the Company’s control. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk” in Part II, Item 7A for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages interest-rate risk.

Weak or deteriorating economic conditions could materially impair customers’ ability to repay loans, harm operating resultsincrease the Company’s credit risk and reduce the volume of new loans.    The U.S.adversely affect its lending or other banking businesses and the world economies impact how financial instruments are priced. Profitability dependsvalue of its loans or investment securities.    The Company’s business and results of operations depend significantly on general economic conditions. Economic downturnsWhen those conditions are weak or recessions, either nationally, internationallydeteriorating in any of the markets or regions where the Company operates, its business or results of operations could be adversely affected. The Company’s lending and other banking businesses, in particular, are susceptible to weak or deteriorating economic conditions, which could result in reduced loan demand or utilization rates and at the states within the Company’s footprint,same time increased delinquencies or defaults. These kinds of conditions also could materially reduce operating results. An economic downturn could negatively impact demand for loan and deposit products,dampen the demand for products in the Company’s asset-management, insurance, and brokerage, products andor related businesses. If delinquencies or defaults on the amount of credit related losses dueCompany’s loans or investment securities increase, their value could be adversely affected. In addition, to customers who cannot pay interest or principal on their loans. To the extent loanthat charge-offs exceed estimates, an increase to the amount of provision expense related to the allowance for loan losses would reduce its income. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages credit risk.

GeneralChallenging business, economic, or market conditions such as a stock market decline, could materially impairadversely affect the number of investorsCompany’s fee-based banking, investment-management, asset-servicing, or other businesses.    The Company’s fee-based banking, investment-management, asset-servicing, and other businesses are driven by wealth creation in the equityeconomy, robust market activity, fiscal stability, and bond markets, the level of assets under managementpositive investor, business, and the demand for other fee-based services.    consumer sentiment. Economic downturns, market disruptions, high unemployment or recessionsunderemployment, unsustainable debt levels, depressed real-estate markets, or other challenging business, economic, or market conditions could adversely affect the volumethese businesses and their results. For example, if any of income from and demand for other fee-based services. The fee revenue from asset management segments including income from Scout Investments, Inc. and UMB Fund Services, Inc. subsidiaries, are largely dependent on both inflowsthese conditions were to andcause flows into or the fair value of assets investedheld in the funds and accounts advised by Scout Fundsto weaken or decline, its revenue could be negatively impacted. If the funds or other groups that are clients of UMBFS were to encounter similar difficulties, its revenue also could suffer. The Company’s bank-card revenue is driven primarily by transaction volumes in business and consumer spending that generate interchange fees, and any of these conditions could dampen those volumes. Revenue from trading, asset management, custody, trust, cash and treasury management, and the fund clientsCompany’s other fee-based businesses could be adversely affected as well if any of these conditions were to whom theoccur or persist.

The Company provides services. General economic conditions can affect investor sentimentoperates in a highly regulated industry, and confidence in the overall securities markets whichits business could adversely affect asset values, net flows to these funds and other assets under management. Bankcard revenues are dependent on transaction volumes from consumer and corporate spending to generate interchange fees. Depressed economic conditions could negatively affect the amount of such fee income. The Company’s banking services group is affected by corporate and consumer demand for debt securities which can be adversely affected by the regulatory and supervisory frameworks applicable to it, changes in general economic conditions.

The Company is subject to extensive regulation in the jurisdictions in which it conducts business.those frameworks, and other regulatory risks and uncertainties.    The Company is subject to extensive stateexpansive regulatory frameworks in the United States—at federal, State, and federal regulation,local levels—and in the foreign jurisdictions where its business segments operate. In addition, the Company is subject to the direct supervision of government authorities charged with overseeing the kinds of financial activities conducted by its business segments. Much in these regulatory and legislationsupervisory frameworks is designed to protect public or private interests that govern most aspectsoften are not aligned with those of its operations. Lawsshareholders or nondeposit creditors. See “Regulation and regulations, andSupervision” in particularPart I, Item 1. In the wake of the recent economic crisis, moreover, government scrutiny of all financial-services companies has been amplified, fundamental changes have been made to the banking, securities, and taxother laws are under intense scrutiny becausethat govern financial services (with the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III being two of the current economic crisismore prominent examples), and may change from timea host of related business practices have been reexamined and reshaped. These seismic shifts in the financial-services industry have yet to time. Changesslow in lawsan appreciable way, and regulations, lawsuits or actions by regulatory agencies could requireas a result, the Company expects to devote significantcontinue devoting increased time and resources to risk management, compliance, efforts and regulatory change management. All of this could leadhave a detrimental impact on the Company’s business and results of operations. Risks also exist that government authorities could judge the Company’s business or other practices unfavorably and bring formal or informal corrective or enforcement actions against it—including fines or other penalties and directives to fines, penalties, judgments, settlements, withdrawal of certainchange its products or services offered in the marketservices—that, for practical or other adverse results whichreasons, the Company could not resist and that also could give rise to litigation by private plaintiffs. These and other regulatory risks and uncertainties could adversely affect the Company’s reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition, or results of operation, or cause serious reputational harm.prospects.

Changes in interest rates could affect results of operations.    A significant portion of theThe Company’s net income is based on the difference between interest earned on earning assets (such as loans and investments) and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. These rates are sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Company’s control, such as general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, such as the Federal Reserve Board. For example, policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board influence, directly and indirectly, the rate of interest paid by commercial banks on interest-bearing deposits and also may affect the value of financial instruments held by the Company. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board also determine to a significant degree the cost of funds for lending and investing. In addition, these policies and conditions can adversely affect customers and counterparties, which may increase the risk that such customers or counterparties default on their obligations. Changes in interest rates greatly affect the amount of income earned and the amount of interest paid. Changes in interest rates also affect loan demand, the prepayment speed of loans, the purchase and sale of investment bonds and the generation and retention of customer deposits. A rapid increase in interest rates could result in interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of differences in maturities of assets and liabilities. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk” in Part II, Item 7A for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages interest rate risk.

13


Reliancebusiness relies on systems, employees, service providers, and certain counterparties, and certain failures by any of them or other operational risks could adversely affect operations.the Company.    The Company is dependentWe engage in a variety of businesses in diverse markets and rely on its abilitysystems, employees, service providers, and counterparties to properly process a large numberhigh volume of transactions. If anyThis gives rise to meaningful operational risk—including the risk of thefraud by employees or outside parties, unauthorized access to its premises or systems, errors in processing, failures of technology, breaches of internal controls or compliance safeguards, inadequate integration of acquisitions, human error, and breakdowns in business continuity plans. Significant financial, accounting,business, reputational, regulatory, or other data processing systems failharm could come to the Company as a result of these or have other significant shortcomings,related risks and uncertainties. For example, the Company could be adversely affected.negatively impacted if financial, accounting, data-processing, or other systems were to fail or not fully perform their functions. The Company is similarly dependent on its employees. The Companyalso could be adversely affected if key personnel or a significant number of employees arewere to become unavailable due to a pandemic, natural disaster, war, act of terrorism, accident, or other reason, or if an employee causes a significant operational break-down or failure, eitherreason. These risks arise as a result of human error, purposeful sabotage or fraudulent manipulation of operations or systems. Third partieswell with which the Company does business could also be sources of operational risk, including break-downs or failures of such parties’ own systems or employees. Any of these occurrences could result in a diminished abilityand employees of the Company to operate, potential liability to clients, reputational damageservice providers and regulatory intervention, which could have an adverse impactcounterparties on the Company. Operational risk also includes the ability to successfully integrate acquisitions into existing charterswhom we depend as an acquired entity will most likely be on a different system.well as with their third-party service providers and counterparties. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages operational risk.

In the ordinary course of ourits business, the Company collects, stores, and storestransmits sensitive, confidential, or proprietary data and other information, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information, and that of our customers, andthe personally identifiable information of ourits customers and employees, in our data centers and on our networks.employees. The secure processing, storage, maintenance, and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite ourthe Company’s operations and reputation, and if any of this information were mishandled, misused, improperly accessed, or lost, the Company could suffer significant financial, business, reputational, regulatory, or other damage. For example, despite security measures, ourthe Company’s information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacksbreached in cyber-attacks, by hackerscomputer viruses or breachedmalware, or with other means. A breach also could occur due to employee error, malfeasance, or other disruptions. Any suchEven when an attempted breach could compromise our networksis successfully avoided or thwarted, the Company may need to expend substantial resources in doing so and the information stored couldmay be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, regulatory penalties, and damage our reputation whichrequired take actions that could adversely affect our business. In addition, there iscustomer satisfaction or behavior. If a breach were to occur, moreover, the riskCompany could be exposed to regulatory actions or litigation by private plaintiffs. Despite the Company’s efforts to ensure the integrity of systems and controls, it may not be able to anticipate or implement effective measures to prevent all security breaches or all risks to the sensitive, confidential, or proprietary information that controlsit collects, stores, or transmits.

Negative publicity outside of the Company’s control or its failure to successfully manage issues arising from its conduct or in connection with the financial-services industry generally could damage the Company’s reputation and procedures, as well as business continuity and data security systems, may prove to be inadequate. Any such failure could affect operations and could adversely affect resultsits business.    The performance and value of operationsthe Company’s business could be negatively impacted by requiring the Company to expend significant resources to correct the defect, as well as by exposing the Company to litigation or losses not covered by insurance.

In addition, there is the riskany reputational harm that controls and procedures, as well as business continuity and data security systems,it may prove to be inadequate. Any such failuresuffer. This harm could affect operations and could adversely affect results of operations by requiring the Company to expend significant resources to correct the defect, as well as by exposing the Company to litigation or losses not covered by insurance.

If the Company does not successfully handle issues that may arise in the conductfrom negative publicity outside of its business and operations,control or its failure to adequately address issues arising from its conduct or in connection with the financial-services industry generally. Risks to the Company’s reputation could be damaged, which couldarise in turn negatively affect its business.    The Company’s ability to attract and retain customers and transact with the Company’s counterparties could be adversely affectedany number of contexts—for example, continuing government responses to the extent its reputation is damaged. The failure of the Company to deal with various issues that could give rise to reputational risk could cause harm to the Companyrecent economic crisis, cyber-attacks and its business prospects. These issues include, but are not limited tosecurity breaches, mergers and acquisitions, lending practices, actual or potential conflicts of interest, legalfailures to prevent money laundering, and regulatory requirements, ethical issues, money-laundering, privacy, recordkeeping, sales and trading practices and proper identification of the legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in its products. The failure to appropriately address these issues could make clients unwilling to do business with the Company, which could adversely affect results.corporate governance.

The Company faces strong competition from other financial services firms, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect revenue and profitability.    In addition to the challenge of competing against local, regional and national banks in attracting and retaining customers, the Company’s competitors also include brokers, mortgage bankers, mutual fund sponsors, securities dealers, investment advisors and specialty finance and insurance companies. The financial services industry is intensely competitive and is expected to remain so. The Company competes on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, products and services, innovation, reputation and price. The Company may experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices on products and services or increasing rates paid on deposits.

14


The shift from paper-based to electronic-based payments may be difficult and negatively affect earnings.    In today’s payment environment, checks continue to be a payment choice; however, checks as a percent of the total payment volume are declining and the transactions are shifting to electronic alternatives. Check products are serviced regionally due to the physical constraints of paper documents; however, electronic documents are not bound by the same constraints, thus opening geographic markets to all providers of electronic services. To address this shift, new systems are being developed and marketed which involve significant software and hardware costs. It is anticipated that we will encounter new competition, and any competitor that attracts the payments business of existing customers will compete strongly for the remainder of such customers’ banking business.

The Company’s framework forfaces intense competition from other financial-services companies, and competitive pressures could adversely affect the Company’s business.    The Company faces intense competition in each of its business segments and in all of its markets and geographic regions, and the Company expects competitive pressures only to intensify in the future—especially in light of legislative and regulatory initiatives arising out of the recent economic crisis, technological innovations that alter the barriers to entry, current economic and market conditions, and government monetary and fiscal policies. See “Competition” in Part I, Item 1. Competitive pressures may drive the Company to take actions that it might otherwise eschew, such as lowering the interest rates on loans or raising the interest rates on deposits in order to keep or attract high-quality customers. These pressures also may accelerate actions that it might otherwise elect to defer, such as investments in technology or infrastructure. Whatever the reason, actions that it takes in response to competition may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition. This result could be exacerbated if the Company is not successful in introducing new products and services, achieving market acceptance of its products and services, developing and maintaining a strong customer base, or prudently managing risksexpenses.

The Company’s risk-management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and lossloss.    The Company maintains an enterprise risk-management program that is designed to identify, quantify, monitor, report, and control the Company.    The Company’s risk management framework is made up of various processes and strategies to manage risk exposure. Types of risk to which the Company is subjectrisks that it faces. These include liquidityinterest-rate risk, credit risk, price risk, interest rateliquidity risk, operational risk, reputational risk, and compliance and litigation risk, foreign exchange risk, reputation risk,risk. While the Company assesses and fiduciary risk, among others. Although management continually monitors, evaluates, and updates the Company’s risk management framework and the Board oversees the Company’s overall risk management strategy,improves this program on an ongoing basis, there can be no assurance that its approach and framework for risk management and related controls will effectively mitigate risk and limit losses in its business. If conditions or circumstances arise that expose flaws or gaps in the Company’s framework to manage risk, including such framework’s underlying assumptions, will be effective under all conditionsrisk-management program or if its controls break down, the performance and circumstances. If the Company’s risk management framework proves ineffective, it could suffer unexpected losses andvalue of its business could be materially adversely affected.

Liquidity is essential to the Company’s businessesbusiness, and it could be adversely affected by constraints in or increased costs for funding.    Liquidity is the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they come due, all without incurring unacceptable losses. Banks are especially vulnerable to liquidity risk because of their role in the maturity transformation of demand or short-term deposits into longer-term loans or other extensions of credit. The Company, like other financial-services companies, relies to a significant extent on the securities market and other external sources to finance a significant portionof funding (such as deposits and borrowings) for the liquidity needed in the conduct of its operations.    Liquidity affects the Company’s ability to meet financial commitments. Liquidity could be negatively affected should the need arise to increase deposits or obtain additional funds through borrowing to augment current liquidity sources. Factorsbusiness. A number of factors beyond the Company’s control, such as disruptionhowever, could have a detrimental impact on the level or cost of that funding and thus on its liquidity. These include market disruptions, changes in its credit ratings or the financial marketssentiment of its investors, the loss of substantial deposit relationships, and reputational damage. Unexpected declines or negative views aboutlimits on the general financial services industry, could impairdividends declared and paid by the Company’s accesssubsidiaries also could adversely affect its liquidity position. While the Company’s policies and controls are designed to funding. Ifensure that it maintains adequate liquidity to conduct its business in the Company is unable to raise funding usingordinary course even in a stressed environment, there can be no assurance that its liquidity position will never become compromised. In such an event, the methods described above, it would likely need to sell assets, such as its investment and trading portfolios, to meet maturing liabilities. The Company may be unable to sell some of its assets on a timely basis, or it may haverequired to sell assets at a discount from market value, either of which could adversely affect its results of operations. Liquidity and funding policies have been designed to ensure that the Company maintains sufficient liquid financial resourcesloss in order to continue its operations. This could damage the performance and value of its business, prompt regulatory intervention, and harm its reputation, and if the condition were to conduct businesspersist for an extendedany appreciable period inof time, its viability as a stressed liquidity environment. If the liquidity and funding policies are not adequate, the Company maygoing concern could be unable to access sufficient financing to service its financial obligations when they come due, which could have a material adverse franchise or business impact.threatened. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Liquidity Risk” in Part II, Item 7A for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages liquidity risk.

InabilityAn inability to hireattract, retain, or retainmotivate qualified employees could adversely affect the Company’s performance.business.    TheSkilled employees are the Company’s people are its most important resource, and competition for qualified employeestalented people is intense. EmployeeEven though compensation is among the Company’s greatest expense. Thehighest expenses, it may not be able to hire the best people, keep them with the Company, reliesor properly motivate them to perform at a high level. Recent scrutiny of compensation practices, especially in the financial-services industry, has made this only more difficult. In addition, some parts of its business are particularly dependent on key personnel, including investment management, asset servicing, and commercial lending. If the Company were to managelose and operatefind itself unable to replace these personnel or other skilled employees or if the competition for talent drove its compensation costs to unsustainable levels, the business, results of operations, and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

The Company is subject to a variety of litigation or other proceedings, which could adversely affect its business.    The Company is involved from time to time in a variety of judicial, alternative-dispute, or other proceedings arising out of its business including major revenue generating functions such as its loan and deposit portfolios, investment management function and asset servicing function .The loss of key staffor operations. The Company establishes reserves for claims when appropriate under generally accepted accounting principles, but costs often can be incurred in connection with a matter before any reserve has been created. In addition, the actual costs associated with resolving a claim may adversely affectbe substantially higher than amounts that the Company has reserved. Substantial legal claims could have a detrimental impact on the Company’s ability to maintain and manage these portfolios effectively, which could negatively affect itsbusiness, results of operations. If compensation costs required to attractoperations, and retain employees become unreasonably expensive, the Company’s performance, including its competitive position, could be adversely affected.financial condition and cause reputational harm.

Changes in accounting standards could impact the Company’s financial statements and reported earnings.    The accounting standard settingAccounting standard-setting bodies, includingsuch as the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and other regulatory bodies periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards affectingthat affect the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. These changes are not withinbeyond the Company’s control and could materiallyhave a meaningful impact theon its consolidated financial statements.

15


The Company is subject to a varietyCompany’s management’s selection of litigation which may affect its business, operating results and reputation.    The Company and its subsidiaries may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation. This litigation can include class action litigation concerning servicing processes or fees or charges, or employment practices, and potential reductions in fee revenues resulting from such litigation. Past, present and future litigation have included or could include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. Substantial legal liability could materially affect its business, financial condition or results of operations and/or cause significant reputational harm to its business.

Future events may be different than those anticipated by managementaccounting methods, assumptions, and estimates which may cause unexpected losses in the future.    Pursuant to current Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, the Company is required to use certain estimates in preparingcould impact its financial statements includingand reported earnings.    To comply with generally accepted accounting estimates to determineprinciples, management must sometimes exercise judgment in selecting, determining, and applying accounting methods, assumptions, and estimates. This can arise, for example, in determining the allowance for loan losses andor the fair valuesvalue of certain assets or liabilities. The judgments required of management can involve difficult, subjective, or complex matters with a high degree of uncertainty, and liabilities, among other items. Shouldseveral different judgments could be reasonable under the Company’s determined values for such itemscircumstances and yet result in significantly different results being reported. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Part II, Item 7. If management’s judgments later prove to have been inaccurate, the Companywe may experience unexpected losses whichthat could be material.substantial.

ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There are no unresolved comments from the staff of the SEC required to be disclosed herein as of the date of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES

The Company’s headquarters building, the UMB Bank Building, is located at 1010 Grand Boulevard in downtown Kansas City, Missouri, and opened during July 1986. Of the 250,000 square feet, 227,000 square feet is occupied by departments and customer service functions of UMB Bank, n.a. as well as offices of the parent company, UMB Financial Corporation. The remaining 23,000 square feet of space within the building is leased to a law firm.

Other main facilities of UMB Bank, n.a. in downtown Kansas City, Missouri are located at 928 Grand Boulevard (185,000 square feet); 906 Grand Boulevard (140,000 square feet); and 1008 Oak Street (180,000 square feet). Both the 928 Grand and 906 Grand buildings house backroom support functions. The 928 Grand building also houses Scout Investments, Inc. Additionally, within the 906 Grand building there is 20,000 square

feet of space leased to several small tenants. The 928 Grand building underwent a major renovation during 2004 and 2005. The 928 Grand building is connected to the UMB Bank Building (1010 Grand) by an enclosed elevated pedestrian walkway. The 1008 Oak building, which opened during the second quarter of 1999, houses the Company’s operations and data processing functions.

UMB Bank, n.a. leases 52,000 square feet in the Hertz Building located in the heart of the commercial sector of downtown St. Louis, Missouri. This location has a full-service banking center and is home to some operational and administrative support functions.

UMB Bank, Colorado, n.a. also leases 30,000 square feet on the first, second, third, and fifth floors of the 1670 Broadway building located in the financial district of downtown Denver, Colorado. The location has a full-service banking center and is home to theadditional operational and administrative support functions for UMB Bank, Colorado, n.a.

functions.

UMB Fund Services, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, leases 72,000 square feet in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, at which its fund services operation is headquartered.

JD Clark & Co., Inc. is headquartered in Ogden, Utah where it leases 37,300 square feet.

As of December 31, 2011,2013, the Company’s affiliate banksBank operated a total of 124112 banking centers and two Wealth Management offices.one wealth management office.

16


The Company utilizes all of these properties to support aspects of all of the Company’s business segments.

Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Notes 1 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, pages 5762 and 7480 of this report.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are named defendants in various lawsuits and counter-claims.legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, except as noted below, none of these lawsuitsproceedings are expected to have a material effect on the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

During 2010, two suits were filed against UMB Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) in Missouri state court alleging that the Bank’s deposit account posting practices resulted in excessive overdraft fees in violation of Missouri’s consumer protection statute and the account agreement. Both suits sought class-action status for the Bank’s Missouri customers who may have been similarly affected. The Bank removed the first of the two suits (Johnson, et. al. vs. UMB Bank N.A.) to the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Missouri. The action was then transferred to the multidistrict litigation in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida, where similar claims against other financial institutions are pending. The second suit (Allen, et. al. vs. UMB Bank N.A., et. al.) was also filed in Missouri state court by another Bank customer alleging substantially identical facts. The Allen suit was subsequently amended to add the Company and all of its other bank subsidiaries as defendants, and to seek to include customers of all of the defendant banks in a class action. During the first quarter of 2011, a third suit (Downing vs. UMB Bank N.A., et. al.) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Oklahoma by another bank customer alleging similar facts and also seeking class action status. On May 13, 2011, the Company and all of its bank subsidiaries entered into an agreement to settle the Allen suit. To resolve the litigation, and without admitting any wrongdoing, the Company agreed to establish a $7.8 million escrow settlement fund, and recognized the related expense in its consolidated statements of income for the period ended June 30, 2011. The settlement was subject to approval by the Circuit Court of Jackson County, Missouri. The court gave preliminary approval to the settlement agreement on June 27, 2011, and gave final approval to the settlement agreement at a fairness hearing on October 31, 2011. The Johnson suit was dismissed without prejudice on August 31, 2011. The Downing suit was dismissed on November 2, 2011, and the time to appeal the Allen suit settlement has passed.

ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

17


PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market under the symbol “UMBF.” As of February 15, 2012,14, 2014, the Company had 2,1682,184 shareholders of record. Company stock information for each full quarter period within the two most recent fiscal years is set forth in the table below.

 

Per Share  Three Months Ended

   Three Months Ended 

2011


  March 31

   June 30

   Sept. 30

   Dec. 31

 

2013

  March 31   June 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31 

Dividend

  $0.195    $0.195    $0.195    $0.205    $0.215    $0.215    $0.215    $0.225  

Book value

   26.62     27.97     28.97     29.46     31.73     30.20     32.85     33.30  

Market price:

                    

High

   44.21     42.65     45.20     38.53     49.42     56.14     62.20     65.44  

Low

   37.20     37.05     32.08     30.49     43.27     46.34     51.86     53.72  

Close

   37.37     41.88     32.08     37.25     49.07     55.67     54.34     64.28  

 

Per Share  Three Months Ended

 

2010


  March 31

   June 30

   Sept. 30

   Dec. 31

 

Dividend

  $0.185    $0.185    $0.185    $0.195  

Book value

   25.43     26.42     26.98     26.24  

Market price:

                    

High

   41.96     44.51     39.58     42.36  

Low

   37.24     35.56     31.88     34.73  

Close

   40.60     35.56     35.51     41.44  

Per Share  Three Months Ended 

2012

  March 31   June 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31 

Dividend

  $0.205    $0.205    $0.205    $0.215  

Book value

   29.90     30.89     31.88     31.71  

Market price:

        

High

   46.33     51.57     52.61     49.17  

Low

   37.68     42.90     46.80     40.55  

Close

   44.74     51.23     48.68     43.82  

Information concerning restrictions on the ability of the Registrant to pay dividends and the Registrant’s subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Registrant is presented in Item 1, page 3 and Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, pages 7682 and 7783 of this report. Information concerning securities the Company issued under equity compensation plans is contained in Item 12, pages 99107 and 100108 and in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, pages 7884 through 8187 of this report.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table provides information about share repurchase activity by the Company during the quarter ended December 31, 2011:2013:

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Period


  (a)
Total
Number  of
Shares
Purchased


   (b)
Average
Price
Paid per
Share


   (c)
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs


   (d)
Maximum Number
of Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs


 

October 1—October 31, 2011

   9,547    $35.63     9,547     1,812,184  

November 1—November 30, 2011

   4,869     35.13     4,869     1,807,315  

December 1—December 31, 2011

   5,388     36.27     5,388     1,801,927  
   


  


  


     

Total

   19,804    $35.68     19,804       
   


  


  


     

Period

  (a)
Total
Number  of
Shares
Purchased
   (b)
Average
Price
Paid  per
Share
   (c)
Total Number  of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
   (d)
Maximum  Number
of Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs
 

October 1—October 31, 2013

   205    $59.84     205     1,985,553  

November 1—November 30, 2013

   23,393     52.01     23,393     1,962,160  

December 1—December 31, 2013

   4,280     60.40     4,280     1,957,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   27,878    $53.35     27,878    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

On April 26, 2011,23, 2013, the Company announced a plan to repurchase up to two2 million shares of common stock. This plan will terminate on April 25, 2012.22, 2014. All open market share purchases under the share repurchase plans are

18


intended to be within the scope of Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 provides a

safe harbor for purchases in a given day if the Company satisfies the manner, timing and volume conditions of the rule when purchasing its own common shares. The Company has not made any repurchases other than through this plan.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

For a discussion of factors that may materially affect the comparability of the information below, please see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, pages 2120 through 51,49, of this report.

19


FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

(in thousands except per share data)

EARNINGS  2011

  2010

  2009

  2008

  2007

 

Interest income

  $343,653   $346,507   $356,217   $387,973   $414,413  

Interest expense

   26,680    35,894    53,232    112,922    181,729  

Net interest income

   316,973    310,613    302,985    275,051    232,684  

Provision for loan losses

   22,200    31,510    32,100    17,850    9,333  

Noninterest income

   414,332    360,370    310,176    312,783    288,788  

Noninterest expense

   562,746    512,622    460,585    430,153    407,164  

Net income

   106,472    91,002    89,484    98,075    74,213  
   


 


 


 


 


AVERAGE BALANCES

                     

Assets

  $12,417,274   $11,108,233   $10,110,655   $8,897,886   $7,996,286  

Loans, net of unearned interest

   4,756,165    4,490,587    4,383,551    4,193,871    3,901,853  

Securities

   5,774,217    5,073,839    4,382,179    3,421,213    2,846,620  

Interest-bearing due from banks

   837,807    593,518    492,915    66,814    —    

Deposits

   9,593,638    8,451,966    7,584,025    6,532,270    5,716,202  

Long-term debt

   11,284    19,141    32,067    36,404    36,905  

Shareholders’ equity

   1,138,625    1,066,872    1,006,591    933,055    874,078  
   


 


 


 


 


YEAR-END BALANCES

                     

Assets

  $13,541,398   $12,404,932   $11,663,355   $10,976,596   $9,342,959  

Loans, net of unearned interest

   4,970,558    4,598,097    4,332,228    4,410,034    3,929,365  

Securities

   6,277,482    5,742,104    5,003,720    4,924,407    3,486,780  

Interest-bearing due from banks

   1,164,007    848,598    1,057,195    575,309    —    

Deposits

   10,169,911    9,028,741    8,534,488    7,725,326    6,550,802  

Long-term debt

   6,529    8,884    25,458    35,925    36,032  

Shareholders’ equity

   1,191,132    1,060,860    1,015,551    974,811    890,574  
   


 


 


 


 


PER SHARE DATA

                     

Earnings—basic

  $2.66   $2.27   $2.22   $2.41   $1.78  

Earnings—diluted

   2.64    2.26    2.20    2.38    1.77  

Cash dividends

   0.79    0.75    0.71    0.66    0.57  

Dividend payout ratio

   29.70  33.04  31.98  27.18  32.02

Book value

  $29.46   $26.24   $25.11   $23.81   $21.55  

Market price

                     

High

   45.20    44.51    49.75    69.60    47.06  

Low

   30.49    31.88    33.65    35.76    34.95  

Close

   37.25    41.44    39.35    49.14    38.36  
   


 


 


 


 


Return on average assets

   0.86  0.82  0.89  1.10  0.93

Return on average equity

   9.35    8.53    8.89    10.51    8.49  

Average equity to average assets

   9.17    9.60    9.96    10.49    10.93  

Total risk-based capital ratio

   12.20    12.45    14.18    14.09    14.58  
   


 


 


 


 


As of and for the years ended December 31

 

20
EARNINGS  2013  2012  2011  2010  2009 

Interest income

  $348,341   $339,685   $343,653   $346,507   $356,217  

Interest expense

   15,072    19,629    26,680    35,894    53,232  

Net interest income

   333,269    320,056    316,973    310,613    302,985  

Provision for loan losses

   17,500    17,500    22,200    31,510    32,100  

Noninterest income

   491,833    458,122    414,332    360,370    310,176  

Noninterest expense

   624,178    590,454    562,746    512,622    460,585  

Net income

   133,965    122,717    106,472    91,002    89,484  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AVERAGE BALANCES

     

Assets

  $15,030,762   $13,389,192   $12,417,274   $11,108,233   $10,110,655  

Loans, net of unearned interest

   6,221,318    5,251,278    4,756,165    4,490,587    4,383,551  

Securities

   7,034,542    6,528,523    5,774,217    5,073,839    4,382,179  

Interest-bearing due from banks

   663,818    547,817    837,807    593,518    492,915  

Deposits

   11,930,318    10,521,658    9,593,638    8,451,966    7,584,025  

Long-term debt

   4,748    5,879    11,284    19,141    32,067  

Shareholders’ equity

   1,337,107    1,258,284    1,138,625    1,066,872    1,006,591  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

YEAR-END BALANCES

     

Assets

  $16,911,852   $14,927,196   $13,541,398   $12,404,932   $11,663,355  

Loans, net of unearned interest

   6,521,869    5,690,626    4,970,558    4,598,097    4,332,228  

Securities

   7,051,127    7,134,316    6,277,482    5,742,104    5,003,720  

Interest-bearing due from banks

   2,093,467    720,500    1,164,007    848,598    1,057,195  

Deposits

   13,640,766    11,653,365    10,169,911    9,028,741    8,534,488  

Long-term debt

   5,055    5,879    6,529    8,884    25,458  

Shareholders’ equity

   1,506,065    1,279,345    1,191,132    1,060,860    1,015,551  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA

     

Earnings—basic

  $3.25   $3.07   $2.66   $2.27   $2.22  

Earnings—diluted

   3.20    3.04    2.64    2.26    2.20  

Cash dividends

   0.87    0.83    0.79    0.75    0.71  

Dividend payout ratio

   26.77  27.04  29.70  33.04  31.98

Book value

  $33.30   $31.71   $29.46   $26.24   $25.11  

Market price

     

High

   65.44    52.61    45.20    44.51    49.75  

Low

   43.27    37.68    30.49    31.88    33.65  

Close

   64.28    43.82    37.25    41.44    39.35  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Return on average assets

   0.89  0.92  0.86  0.82  0.89

Return on average equity

   10.02    9.75    9.35    8.53    8.89  

Average equity to average assets

   8.90    9.40    9.17    9.60    9.96  

Total risk-based capital ratio

   14.43    11.92    12.20    12.45    14.18  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 


ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The following presents management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s consolidated financial condition, changes in condition, and results of operations. This review highlights the major factors affectingmaterial changes in the results of operations and any significant changes in financial conditionscondition for the three-year period endedyear-ended December 31, 2011.2013. It should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statementscondensed consolidated financial statements, notes to condensed consolidated financial statements, and other financial statistics appearing elsewhere in this report. Results of operations for the report.

periods included in this review are not necessarily indicative of results to be attained during any future period.

SPECIAL CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDINGABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The information included or incorporated by referenceFrom time to time the Company has made, and in this report containsthe future will make, forward-looking statements of expected future developments within the meaning of and pursuant to the safe harbor provisions established by Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements may refercan be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to financial condition, resultshistorical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “target,” “trend,” “plan,” “goal,” or other words of operations, plans, objectives, future financial performance and business of the Company, including, without limitation:

Statements that are not historical in nature; and

Statements preceded by, followed bycomparable meaning or that include the words “believes,future-tense or conditional verbs such as “may,“expects,” “may,“will,” “should,” “could,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,“would,” or similar words or expressions.

“could.” Forward-looking statements convey the Company’s expectations, intentions, or forecasts about future events, circumstances, results, or aspirations.

This report, including any information incorporated by reference in this report, contains forward-looking statements. The Company also may make forward-looking statements in other documents that are filed or furnished with the SEC. In addition, the Company may make forward-looking statements orally or in writing to investors, analysts, members of the media, or others.

All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, which may change over time and many of which are beyond the Company’s control. You should not guarantees of future performance or results. You are cautioned not to put undue reliancerely on any forward-looking statement as a prediction or guarantee about the future. Actual future objectives, strategies, plans, prospects, performance, conditions, or results may differ materially from those set forth in any forward-looking statement. While no list of assumptions, risks, or uncertainties could be complete, some of the factors that may cause actual results or other future events, circumstances, or aspirations to differ from those in forward-looking statements include:

local, regional, national, or international business, economic, or political conditions or events;

changes in laws or the regulatory environment, including as a result of recent financial-services legislation or regulation;

changes in monetary, fiscal, or trade laws or policies, including as a result of actions by central banks or supranational authorities;

changes in accounting standards or policies;

shifts in investor sentiment or behavior in the securities, capital, or other financial markets, including changes in market liquidity or volatility or changes in interest or currency rates;

changes in spending, borrowing, or saving by businesses or households;

the Company’s ability to effectively manage capital or liquidity or to effectively attract or deploy deposits;

changes in any credit rating assigned to the Company or its affiliates;

adverse publicity or other reputational harm to the Company;

changes in the Company’s corporate strategies, the composition of its assets, or the way in which it funds those assets;

the Company’s ability to develop, maintain, or market products or services or to absorb unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with those products or services;

the Company’s ability to innovate to anticipate the needs of current or future customers, to successfully compete in its chosen business lines, to increase or hold market share in changing competitive environments, or to deal with pricing or other competitive pressures;

changes in the credit, liquidity, or other condition of the Company’s customers, counterparties, or competitors;

the Company’s ability to effectively deal with economic, business, or market slowdowns or disruptions;

judicial, regulatory, or administrative investigations, proceedings, disputes, or rulings that create uncertainty for or are adverse to the Company or the financial-services industry;

the Company’s ability to address stricter or heightened regulatory or other governmental supervision or requirements;

the Company’s ability to maintain secure and functional financial, accounting, technology, data processing, or other operating systems or facilities, including its capacity to withstand cyber-attacks;

the adequacy of the Company’s corporate governance, risk-management framework, compliance programs, or internal controls, including its ability to control lapses or deficiencies in financial reporting or to effectively mitigate or manage operational risk;

the efficacy of the Company’s methods or models in assessing business strategies or opportunities or in valuing, measuring, monitoring, or managing positions or risk;

the Company’s ability to keep pace with changes in technology that affect the Company or its customers, counterparties, or competitors;

mergers or acquisitions, including the Company’s ability to integrate acquisitions;

the adequacy of the Company’s succession planning for key executives or other personnel;

the Company’s ability to grow revenue, to control expenses, or to attract or retain qualified employees;

natural or man-made disasters, calamities, or conflicts, including terrorist events; or

other assumptions, risks, or uncertainties described in the Risk Factors (Item 1A), Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7), or the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Item 8) in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or described in any of the Company’s quarterly or current reports.

Any forward-looking statement made by the Company or on its behalf speaks only as of the date that it was made. Forward-looking statements reflect management’s expectations and are based on currently available data; however, they involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements due to, among others, the following factors:

General economic and political conditions, either nationally, internationally or in the Company’s footprint, may be less favorable than expected;

Legislative or regulatory changes;

Changes in the interest rate environment;

Changes in the securities markets impacting mutual fund performance and flows;

Changes in operations;

The ability to successfully and timely integrate acquisitions;

Competitive pressures among financial services companies may increase significantly;

Changes in technology may be more difficult or expensive than anticipated;

Changes in the ability of customers to repay loans;

Changes in loan demand may adversely affect liquidity needs;

Changes in employee costs; and

Results of litigation claims.

Any forward-looking statements should be read in conjunction with information about risks and uncertainties set forth in this report and in documents incorporated herein by reference. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company does not intendundertake to review or reviseupdate any particular forward-looking statement in light of events that occur thereafter or to reflect the occurrenceimpact of unanticipated events, except as required by federal securities laws.circumstances, or results that arise after the date that the statement was made. You, however, should consult further disclosures (including disclosures of a forward-looking nature) that the Company may make in any subsequent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, or Current Report on Form 8-K.

21


Results of Operations

Overview

The Company continues to focusfocuses on the following fivefour core strategies. Management believes these strategies which management believes will guide its efforts to achieving its vision, to deliver the Unparalleled Customer Experience, all the while maintaining a focus to improve net income and strengthen the balance sheet.

The first strategy is to grow the Company’s fee-based businesses. Throughout these times ofAs the industry continues to experience economic change,uncertainty, the Company has continued to emphasize its fee-based operations. With a diverse source of revenues, this strategy has helped reduce the Company’s exposure to changes insustained low interest rates. During 2011, 2013,

noninterest income increased $54.0$33.7 million, or 15.07.4 percent, to $414.3$491.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011,2013, compared to the same period in 2010.2012. Trust and securities processing income increased $48.0$40.9 million, or 30.018.1 percent, for year-to-date December 31, 2011 as2013 compared to the same period in 2010. Bankcard fees2012. Equity earnings on alternative investments increased $5.0$18.6 million for the year-ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to $17.0 million in unrealized gains on Prairie Capital Management equity method investments. These increases in noninterest income were offset by decreases in trading and investment banking income, gains on sales of available for sale securities and other noninterest income. Trading and investment banking income decreased $9.7 million, or 9.132.0 percent, compareddue to 2010.a decline in trading volume. Gains from the sale of $8.5 million on securities available for sale of $16.1 million were recognized during the year ended December 31, 20112013 compared to $8.3$20.2 million forduring the same period in 2012. Other noninterest income decreased $11.3 million primarily due to an $8.7 million adjustment in contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions recognized in 2012. These adjustments were due to the adoption of 2010. The Company is focused on the growth of its asset managementnew accounting guidance in 2012 related to fair value measurements and asset servicing businesses. The Company also maintains focus on its wealth management, credit card, healthcare, and payments businesses.

changes in cash flow projections.

The second strategy is a focus on net interest income through loan and deposit growth. During 2011,2013, continued progress on this strategy was illustrated by an increase in net interest income of $6.4$13.2 million, or 2.14.1 percent, from the previous year. ThroughThe Company has continued to show increased net interest income in a historically low rate environment through the effects of increased volume of average earning assets and a low cost of funds in its balance sheet, the Company has continued to show increased net interest income in a historically low rate environment.sheet. Average earning assets increased by $1.2$1.6 billion, or 11.713.0 percent, from 2010. This earning2012. Average loan balances increased $970.0 million, or 18.5 percent, for year-to-date December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. Earning asset growth was primarily funded with a $522.3$955.6 million increase in average interest-bearing deposits, or 9.215.3 percent, and a $619.4$453.0 million increase in average noninterest-bearing deposits, or 22.210.6 percent, compared to 20102012 respectively. Net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, decreased 2720 basis points, and net interest spread decreased 2316 basis points compared to 2010,2012, respectively.

The third strategy is a focus on improving operating efficiencies. At December 31, 2011,2013, the Company had 124112 branches. The Company continues to emphasize increasing its primary retail customer base by providing a broad offering of services through our existing branch network. These efforts have resulted in the total loans and deposits growth previously discussed. Throughout 2010, theThe Company investedcontinues to invest in technological advances that will help management drive operating efficiencies through improved data analysis and automation. Starting in 2011, the Company has converted to a new financial and human resource software that is integrated and enterprise wide.During 2013, systems infrastructure enhancements have been implemented. In addition to the use of automation technology, the Company will continuehas merged the subsidiary banks into a single chartered entity. This helped enhance regulatory capital and provides a more streamlined structure for the implementation of strategic initiatives. The Company continues to evaluate core systems and will invest in enhancements that will yield operating efficiencies. The Company evaluates its cost structure for opportunities to moderate expense growth without sacrificing growth initiatives.

The fourth strategy is a focus on capital management. The Company places a significant emphasis on the maintenance of a strong capital position, which management believes promotes investor confidence, provides access to funding sources under favorable terms, and enhances the Company’s ability to capitalize on business growth and acquisition opportunities. The Company continues to maximize shareholder value through a mix of reinvesting in organic growth, evaluating acquisition opportunities that complement the strategies, increasing dividends over time, and properly utilizing a share buy-back strategy. At December 31, 2011,2013, the Company had $1.2$1.5 billion in total shareholders’ equity. This is an increase of $130.3$226.7 million, or 12.317.7 percent, compared to total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2010.2012. On September 16, 2013, the Company completed the issuance of 3.9 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of $201.2 million to be used for strategic growth purposes. In addition, UMB granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 585 thousand shares of common stock. On October 17, 2013, the underwriters exercised the option of 585 thousand shares, which generated additional net proceeds of $30.2 million. At December 31, 2011,2013, the Company had a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.20 percent, which is higher than the 10 percent regulatory minimum to be considered well-capitalized.14.43 percent. The Company repurchased 238,83466,462 shares at an average price of $38.28$52.67 per share during 2011.2013. Further, the Company paid $32.0$36.4 million in dividends during 2011,2013, which represents a 5.4an 8.1 percent increase compared to 2010.

The fifth strategy is to deliverthe unparalleled customer experience. The Company delivers products and services through outstanding associates who are focused on a high-touch customer service model. The Company continues to hire key associates within the core segments that are focused on achieving our strategies through a2012.

22


high level of service. The Company’s associates exhibit pride, power, and passion each day to enable the Company to retain a strong customer base and focus on growing this base to obtain the financial results noted below.

Earnings Summary

The Company recorded consolidated net income of $106.5$134.0 million for the year endedyear-ended December 31, 2011.2013. This represents a 17.09.2 percent increase over 2010.2012. Net income for 2010 increased 1.72012 was $122.7 million, or an increase of 15.3 percent compared to 2009.2011. Basic earnings per share for the year endedyear-ended December 31, 2011,2013, were $2.66$3.25 per share compared to $2.27$3.07 per share in 20102012 and $2.22$2.66 per share in 2009.2011. Basic earnings per share for 20112013 increased 17.25.9 percent over 2010,2012, which increased 2.315.4 percent over 2009.2011. Fully diluted earnings per share for the year endedyear-ended December 31, 2011,2013, were $2.64$3.20 per share compared to $2.26$3.04 per share in 20102012 and $2.20$2.64 per share in 2009.

2011. The Company’s net interest income increased to $333.3 million in 2013 compared to $320.1 million in 2012 and $317.0 million in 2011 compared to $310.6 million in 2010 and $303.0 million in 2009.2011. In total, a favorable volume variance outpaced the impact from an unfavorable rate variance, resulting in a $6.4$13.2 million increase in net interest income in 2011,2013, compared to 2010. Upon further examination,2012. The impact from an unfavorable rate variance and favorable volume variance on earning assets was slightly offset by the reduced cost of funding on the volume growth of interest-bearing deposits, reduced the impact from an unfavorable rate variance on earning assets, resulting in the net favorable volume variance described. See Table 12 on page 25.27. The favorable volume variance on earning assets was ledpredominately driven by a 40.3 percent increase in the average balance of tax-exempt securities, a 6.6 percent increase in average taxable securities, and a 5.9loan balances of $970.0 million, or 18.5 percent, increasefor 2013 compared to the same period in the average balance of loans and loans held for sale.2012. This was more than offsetlargely impacted by an unfavorable rate variance in the same categories. However,Additionally, a 1910 basis points reduction in rate on a volume increase of $955.6 million on average interest-bearing deposits drovehelped drive the resulting increase in net interest income. While decreasing due to the current low rate environment, the Company continues to see benefit from interest-free funds. The impact of this benefit is illustrated on Table 23 on page 26.28. The $7.6$3.1 million increase in net interest income in 2010,2012, compared to 2009,2011, is primarily a result of a favorable volume variance. The favorable volume variance on earning assets was predominately driven by a 15.5 percentthe increase in average loan balances of $495.1 million, or 10.4 percent, for 2012 compared to the average balance of taxable securities, a 16.5 percent increasesame period in tax-exempt securities, and a 2.4 percent increase in the average balance of loans and loans held for sale.2011. This was partiallymore than offset by an unfavorable rate variance in taxable securities, or an 82the same categories. However, a 12 basis points decreasereduction in yield.rate on a volume increase of $86.2 million on interest-bearing deposits drove the resulting increase in net interest income. The current crediteconomic environment has made it difficult to anticipate the future of the Company’s margins. The magnitude and duration of this impact will be largely dependent upon the Federal Reserve’s policy decisions and market movements. See Table 1520 on page 4650 for an illustration of the impact of a rate increase or decrease on net interest income as of December 31, 2011.

2013.

The Company had an increase of $54.0$33.7 million, or 15.07.4 percent, in noninterest income in 2011,2013, compared to 2010,2012, and a $50.2$43.8 million, or 16.210.6 percent, increase in 2010,2012, compared to 2009.2011. The increase in 2013 is primarily attributable to higher trust and securities processing income and higher bankcard fees.equity earnings in alternative investments, partially offset by decreases in trading and investment banking, gains on the sales of securities available for sale, and other noninterest income. Trust and securities processing income increased $48.0$40.9 million, or 30.018.2 percent, for the year endedyear-ended December 31, 2011,2013, compared to the same period in 2010. Bankcard fees2012. Equity earnings on alternative investments increased $5.0$18.6 million for the year-ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to $17.0 million in unrealized gains on Prairie Capital Management equity method investments. Trading and investment banking income decreased $9.7 million, or 9.1 percent.32.0 percent, due to a general decline in trading volume. Gains of $8.5 million on securities available for sale were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $20.2 million during the same period in 2012. Other noninterest income decreased $11.3 million primarily due to an $8.7 million adjustment in contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions recognized in 2012. These adjustments were due to the adoption of new accounting guidance related to fair value measurements and additional changes in cash flow projections. The change in noninterest income in 20112013 from 2010,2012, and 20102012 from 2009 is illustrated on Table 5 on page 29.

Noninterest expense increased in 2011 by $50.1 million, or 9.8 percent, compared to 2010 and increased in 2010 by $52.0 million, or 11.3 percent, compared to 2009. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased by $27.5 million, or 10.3 percent. Amortization of other intangibles increased by $5.0 million, or 44.5 percent, and was driven by acquisition activity in 2010. Processing fees increased $4.5 million, or 9.9 percent. Additionally, during the second quarter, the Company established a $7.8 million escrow fund to settle a class action lawsuit. The increase in noninterest expense in 2011 from 2010, and 2010 from 2009 is illustrated on Table 6 on page 30.31.

Noninterest expense increased in 2013 by $33.7 million, or 5.7 percent, compared to 2012 and increased in 2012 by $27.7 million, or 4.9 percent, compared to 2011. This increase is primarily driven by an increase of $19.8 million, or 6.2 percent, in salary and employee benefit expense, a $6.6 million, or 12.9 percent, increase in processing fees primarily driven by fees paid by the advisor to third-party distributors of the Scout Funds, and a $5.7 million, or 13.2 percent increase in equipment expense driven by increased computer hardware and software expense. Other noninterest expense increased $3.7 million, or 11.4 percent, due to a $5.2 million increase in contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions, offset by a $4.0 million decrease in derivatives expense. The increase in noninterest expense in 2013 from 2012, and 2012 from 2011 is illustrated on Table 7 on page 32.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is a significant source of the Company’s earnings and represents the amount by which interest income on earning assets exceeds the interest expense paid on liabilities. The volume of interest earning assets and the related funding sources, the overall mix of these assets and liabilities, and the rates paid on each

23


affect net interest income. Table 12 summarizes the change in net interest income resulting from changes in volume and rates for 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009.

2011.

Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis (FTE) as a percentage of average earning assets. A critical component of net interest income and related net interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-free sources. Table 2 analyzes net interest margin for the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Net interest income, average balance sheet amounts and the corresponding yields earned and rates paid for the years 2007 through 2011 are presented in a table following “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” on pages 44 and 45. Net interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis to adjust for the tax-exempt status of earnings from certain loans and investments, which are primarily obligations of state and local governments. A critical component of net interest income and related net interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-free sources. Table 3 analyzes net interest margin for the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Net interest income, average balance sheet amounts and the corresponding yields earned and rates paid for the years 2011 through 2013 are presented in Table 1 below.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the average earning assets and resulting yields, as well as the average interest-bearing liabilities and resulting yields, expressed in both dollars and rates.

24


Table 1

THREE YEAR AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS/YIELDS AND RATES(tax-equivalent basis) (in millions)

  2013  2012 
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
  Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
  Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)
 

ASSETS

      

Loans, net of unearned interest (FTE) (2) (3) (4)

 $6,221.3   $229.7    3.69 $5,251.3   $217.6    4.14

Securities:

      

Taxable

  4,876.3    75.2    1.54    4,612.5    81.0    1.76  

Tax-exempt (FTE)

  2,102.2    62.5    2.97    1,862.8    57.9    3.11  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total securities

  6,978.5    137.7    1.97    6,475.3    138.9    2.14  

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

  36.6    0.2    0.53    26.5    0.1    0.46  

Interest-bearing

  663.9    1.9    0.29    547.8    1.8    0.33  

Other earning assets (FTE)

  56.0    1.1    1.90    53.2    1.2    2.34  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total earning assets (FTE)

  13,956.3    370.6    2.66    12,354.1    359.6    2.91  

Allowance for loan losses

  (72.4    (73.0  

Cash and due from banks

  439.5      402.1    

Other assets

  707.4      706.0    
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total assets

 $15,030.8     $13,389.2    
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

      

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 $6,073.5   $5.3    0.09 $5,021.5   $6.5    0.13

Time deposits under $100,000

  527.3    3.5    0.66    577.6    4.9    0.85  

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

  619.9    4.4    0.71    665.9    6.0    0.90  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

  7,220.7    13.2    0.18    6,265.0    17.4    0.28  

Short-term debt

  0.2    —      —      5.6    0.1    1.75  

Long-term debt

  4.7    0.2    4.26    5.9    0.3    5.08  

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

  1,613.6    1.7    0.11 ��  1,410.5    1.9    0.13  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

  8,839.2    15.1    0.17    7,687.0    19.7    0.26  

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

  4,709.6      4,256.6    

Other

  144.9      187.3    
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  13,693.7      12,130.9    
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total shareholders’ equity

  1,337.1      1,258.3    
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 $15,030.8     $13,389.2    
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

Net interest income (FTE)

  $355.5     $339.9   

Net interest spread

    2.49    2.65

Net interest margin

    2.55    2.75
   

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Interest income and yields are stated on a fully tax-equivalent (FTE) basis, using a rate of 35%. The tax-equivalent interest income and yields give effect to disallowance of interest expense, for federal income tax purposes related to certain tax-free assets. Rates earned/paid may not compute to the rates shown due to presentation in millions. The tax-equivalent interest income totaled $22.2 million, $19.9 million, and $18.6 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.
(2)Loan fees are included in interest income. Such fees totaled $10.9 million, $11.0 million, and $11.6 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.
(3)Loans on non-accrual are included in the computation of average balances. Interest income on these loans is also included in loan income.
(4)Amount includes loans held for sale.

THREE YEAR AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS/YIELDS AND RATES(tax-equivalent basis) (in millions)

  2011 
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
  Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)
 

ASSETS

   

Loans, net of unearned interest (FTE) (2) (3)

 $4,756.2   $219.4    4.61

Securities:

   

Taxable

  4,224.5    85.1    2.01  

Tax-exempt (FTE)

  1,497.8    53.0    3.54  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total securities

  5,722.3    138.1    2.41  

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

  31.3    0.1    0.32  

Interest-bearing

  837.8    3.3    0.39  

Other earning assets (FTE)

  51.9    1.4    2.64  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total earning assets (FTE)

  11,399.5    362.3    3.18  

Allowance for loan losses

  (73.0  

Cash and due from banks

  396.9    

Other assets

  693.9    
 

 

 

   

Total assets

 $12,417.3    
 

 

 

   

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 $4,731.3   $8.0    0.17

Time deposits under $100,000

  662.0    7.8    1.18  

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

  785.5    8.8    1.12  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

  6,178.8    24.6    0.40  

Short-term debt

  25.3    0.2    0.79  

Long-term debt

  11.3    0.2    1.77  

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

  1,471.0    1.7    0.12  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

  7,686.4    26.7    0.35  

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

  3,414.8    

Other

  177.4    
 

 

 

   

Total

  11,278.6    
 

 

 

   

Total shareholders’ equity

  1,138.7    
 

 

 

   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 $12,417.3    
 

 

 

   

Net interest income (FTE)

  $335.6   

Net interest spread

    2.83

Net interest margin

    2.94
   

 

 

 

Table 2

RATE-VOLUME ANALYSIS(in thousands)

This analysis attributes changes in net interest income either to changes in average balances or to changes in average rates for earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The change in net interest income is due jointly to both volume and rate and has been allocated to volume and rate in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of the change in each. All rates are presented on a tax-equivalent basis and give effect to the disallowance of interest expense for federal income tax purposes, related to certain tax-free assets. The loan average balances and rates include nonaccrual loans.

 

Average Volume

Average Volume

   Average Rate

 

2011 vs. 2010


  Increase (Decrease)

 Average Volume   Average Rate 

2013 vs. 2012

  Increase (Decrease) 
2011

   2010

   2011

 2010

   Volume

 Rate

 Total

 
20132013   2012   2013 2012   Volume Rate Total 
       

Change in interest earned on:

         

Change in interest earned on:

    
$4,756,165    $4,490,587     4.61  4.95 

Loans

  $12,228   $(14,949 $(2,7216,221,318    $5,251,278     3.69  4.14 

Loans

  $35,918   $(23,644 $12,274  
       

Securities:

         

Securities:

    
4,224,456     3,964,661     2.01    2.28   

Taxable

   5,235    (10,524  (5,2894,876,304     4,612,510     1.54    1.76   

Taxable

   4,068    (9,879  (5,811
1,497,834     1,067,689     3.54    4.28   

Tax-exempt

   13,908    (8,638  5,270  2,102,216     1,862,786     2.97    3.11   

Tax-exempt

   5,315    (3,140  2,175  
31,273     44,383     0.32    0.36   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

   (42  (16  (5836,589     26,459     0.53    0.46   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

   53    19    72  
837,807     593,518     0.39    0.66   

Interest-bearing due from banks

   958    (1,588  (630663,818     547,817     0.29    0.33   

Interest-bearing due from banks

   335    (206  129  
51,927     41,489     2.64    1.91   

Other

   274    300    574  56,022     53,227     1.90    2.34   

Other

   52    (235  (183



  


  


 


   


 


 


 

   

 

   

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 
11,399,462     10,202,327     3.18    3.56   

Total

   32,561    (35,415  (2,85413,956,267     12,354,077     2.66    2.91   

Total

   45,741    (37,085  8,656  
       

Change in interest incurred on:

         

Change in interest incurred on:

    
6,178,795     5,656,508     0.40    0.59   

Interest-bearing deposits

   2,082    (10,901  (8,8197,220,675     6,265,040     0.18    0.28   

Interest-bearing deposits

   1,745    (5,978  (4,233
1,471,011     1,409,349     0.12    0.14   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   72    (377  (3051,613,584     1,410,478     0.11    0.13   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   219    (364  (145
36,580     42,313     0.93    1.02   

Other

   (53  (36  (894,972     11,514     3.02    2.86   

Other

   (197  18    (179



  


  


 


   


 


 


 

   

 

   

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 
$  7,686,386    $7,108,170     0.35  0.50 

Total

   2,101    (11,314  (9,213  8,839,231    $7,687,032     0.17  0.26 

Total

   1,767    (6,324  (4,557



  


  


 


   


 


 


 

   

 

   

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 
       

Net interest income

  $30,460   $(24,101 $6,359        

Net interest income

  $43,974   $(30,761 $13,213  
         


 


 


        

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Average Volume

Average Volume

   Average Rate

 

2010 vs. 2009


  Increase (Decrease)

 Average Volume   Average Rate 

2012 vs. 2011

  Increase (Decrease) 
2010

   2009

   2010

 2009

   Volume

 Rate

 Total

 
20122012   2011     2012     2011     Volume Rate Total 
       

Change in interest earned on:

         

Change in interest earned on:

    
$  4,490,587    $4,383,551     4.95  4.92 

Loans

  $5,338   $1,154   $6,492    5,251,278    $4,756,165     4.14  4.61 

Loans

  $20,571   $(22,256 $(1,685
       

Securities:

         

Securities:

    
3,964,661     3,432,373     2.28    3.10   

Taxable

   12,138    (28,203  (16,0654,612,510     4,224,456     1.76    2.01   

Taxable

   6,816    (10,923  (4,107
1,067,689     916,302     4.28    4.98   

Tax-exempt

   6,509    (6,388  121  1,862,786     1,497,834     3.11    3.54   

Tax-exempt

   10,458    (7,001  3,457  
44,383     54,069     0.36    0.49   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

   (35  (69  (10426,459     31,273     0.46    0.32   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

   (22  42    20  
593,518     492,915     0.66    0.83   

Interest-bearing due from banks

   663    (827  (164547,817     837,807     0.33    0.39   

Interest-bearing due from banks

   (947  (548  (1,495
41,489     33,503     1.91    2.39   

Other

   161    (151  10  53,227     51,927     2.34    2.64   

Other

   25    (183  (158



  


  


 


   


 


 


 

   

 

   

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 
10,202,327     9,312,713     3.56    4.00   

Total

   24,774    (34,484  (9,71012,354,077     11,399,462     2.91    3.18   

Total

   36,901    (40,869  (3,968
       

Change in interest incurred on:

         

Change in interest incurred on:

    
5,656,508     5,211,569     0.59    0.96   

Interest-bearing deposits

   2,631    (19,103  (16,4726,265,040     6,178,795     0.28    0.40   

Interest-bearing deposits

   240    (7,452  (7,212
1,409,349     1,351,206     0.14    0.15   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   83    (67  16  1,410,478     1,471,011     0.13    0.12   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   (81  253    172  
42,313     51,857     1.02    2.53   

Other

   (97  (785  (88211,514     36,580     2.86    0.93   

Other

   (716  704    (12



  


  


 


   


 


 


 

   

 

   

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 
$7,108,170    $6,614,632     0.50  0.80 

Total

   2,617    (19,955  (17,3387,687,032    $7,686,386     0.26  0.35 

Total

   (557  (6,495  (7,052



  


  


 


   


 


 


 

   

 

   

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 
       

Net interest income

  $22,157   $(14,529 $    7,628        

Net interest income

  $37,458   $(34,374 $3,084  
         


 


 


        

 

  

 

  

 

 

25


Table 23

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST MARGIN(in thousands)

 

   2011

  2010

  2009

 

Average earning assets

  $11,399,462   $10,202,327   $9,312,713  

Interest-bearing liabilities

   7,686,386    7,108,170    6,614,632  
   


 


 


Interest-free funds

  $3,713,076   $3,094,157   $2,698,081  
   


 


 


Free funds ratio (free funds to earning assets)

   32.57  30.33  28.97
   


 


 


Tax-equivalent yield on earning assets

   3.18  3.56  4.00

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

   0.35    0.50    0.80  
   


 


 


Net interest spread

   2.83  3.06  3.20

Benefit of interest-free funds

   0.11    0.15    0.23  
   


 


 


Net interest margin

   2.94  3.21  3.43
   


 


 


   2013  2012  2011 

Average earning assets

  $13,956,267   $12,354,077   $11,399,462  

Interest-bearing liabilities

   8,839,231    7,687,032    7,686,386  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest-free funds

  $5,117,036   $4,667,045   $3,713,076  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Free funds ratio (free funds to earning assets)

   36.66  37.78  32.57
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tax-equivalent yield on earning assets

   2.66  2.91  3.18

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

   0.17    0.26    0.35  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest spread

   2.49  2.65  2.83

Benefit of interest-free funds

   0.06    0.10    0.11  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest margin

   2.55  2.75  2.94
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company experienced an increase in net interest income of $6.4$13.2 million, or 2.14.1 percent, for the year 2011,2013, compared to 2010.2012. This follows an increase of $7.6$3.1 million, or 2.51.0 percent, for the year 2010,2012, compared to 2009.2011. As illustrated in Table 1, the 20102013 increase is due to a favorable volume variance. The most significant portion of this favorable volume variance is associated with higher securities balances, coupled with continued growth in the loan balances in 2011 and 2010, respectively. In 2011, the favorable volume variances forin earning assets, were outpacedwhich was largely offset by the rate variances. In 2012, the volume variance on earning assets was more than offset by the rate variances. However, the Company reduced the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities by 159 basis points during 2011,2013 and 2012, resulting in the positive increase in net interest income.

The decrease in the cost of funds has led to a declining beneficial impact from interest-free funds. However, the Company still maintains a significant portion of its deposit funding with noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits represented 38.838.0 percent, 32.042.2 percent and 32.538.8 percent of total outstanding deposits at December 31, 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 2009,2011, respectively. As illustrated in Table 2,3, the impact from these interest-free funds was 6 basis points in 2013, compared to 10 basis points in 2012 and 11 basis points in 2011, compared to 15 basis points in 2010 and 23 basis points in 2009.

The 2010 increase in net interest income over 2009 is due to the combined impacts from a favorable volume variance and an unfavorable rate variance. In addition to the significant favorable volume variance associated with higher loan and securities balances in 2010, the reduction of the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities of 30 basis points during the year helped reduce the impact from the unfavorable rate variance on earning assets.

2011.

The Company has experienced a repricing of its earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the 20112013 interest rate cycle. The average rate on earning assets during 20112013 has decreased by 3825 basis points, while the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 159 basis points, resulting in a 2316 basis point decline in spread. The volume of loans has increased from an average of $4.5$5.3 billion in 20102012 to an average of $4.8$6.2 billion in 2011.2013. Loan-related earning assets tend to generate a higher spread than those earned in the Company’s investment portfolio. By design, the Company’s investment portfolio is relatively shortmoderate in duration and liquid in its composition of assets. If the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee maintains rates at current levels, the Company anticipates a negative impact to interest income as a result. The magnitude of this impact will be largely dependent upon the Federal Reserve’s policy decisions, market movements and the duration of this rate environment.

During 2012,2014, approximately $1.4$1.1 billion of available for sale securities are expected to have principal repayments and be reinvested.repayments. This includes approximately $410$404 million which will have principal repayments during the first quarter of 2012.2014. The total investment portfolio had an average life of 32.847.6 months and 28.740.0 months as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. It should be noted that the Company also had a portfolio of short-

26


termshort-term investments with original maturities of one year or less as of the end of both 20112013 and 2010.2012. At December 31, 2011,2013, the amount of such investments was approximately $157$15 million, and without these investments, the average life of the investment portfolio would have been 33.6remained at 47.6 months. At December 31, 2010,2012, the amount of such short-term investments was approximately $396$215 million, and without these short-term investments, the average life of the investment portfolio would have been 30.641.2 months.

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses (ALL) represents management’s judgment of the losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. An analysis is performed quarterly to determine the appropriate balance of the ALL. ThisThe analysis considers items such as historical lossreflects loan quality trends, a reviewincluding the levels of individualand trends related to non-accrual loans, migration analysis, current economic conditions, loan growthpast due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and characteristics, industrynet charge-offs or segment concentration andrecoveries, among other factors. This analysis is performed separately for each bank as regulatory agencies require that the adequacy of the ALL be maintained on a bank-by-bank basis. After the balance sheet analysis is performed for the ALL, the provision for loan losses is computed as the amount required to adjust the ALL to the appropriate level.

As shown in Table 3,4 presents the ALL has been allocated to variouscomponents of the allowance by loan portfolio segments.segment. The Company manages the ALL against the risk in the entire loan portfolio and therefore, the allocation of the ALL to a particular loan segment may change in the future. Management of the Company believes the present ALL is adequate considering the Company’s loss experience, delinquency trends and current economic conditions. Future economic conditions and borrowers’ ability to meet their obligations, however, are uncertainties which could affect the Company’s ALL and/or need to change its current level of provision. For more information on loan portfolio segments and ALL methodology refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 34

ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES(in thousands)

This table presents an allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan portfolio segment.segment, which represents the inherent probable loss derived by both quantitative and qualitative methods. The breakdown is based on a number of qualitative factors; therefore, the amounts presented are not necessarily indicative of actual future charge-offs in any particular category.category and are subject to change.

 

   December 31

 

Loan Category


  2011

   2010

   2009

   2008

   2007

 

Commercial

  $37,927    $39,138    $40,420    $31,617    $30,656  

Real estate

   20,486     18,557     13,321     9,737     5,537  

Consumer

   13,593     16,243     10,128     10,893     9,743  

Leases

   11     14     270     50     50  
   


  


  


  


  


Total allowance

  $72,017    $73,952    $64,139    $52,297    $45,986  
   


  


  


  


  


   December 31 

Loan Category

  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009 

Commercial

  $48,886    $43,390    $37,927    $39,138    $40,420  

Real estate

   15,342     15,506     20,486     18,557     13,321  

Consumer

   10,447     12,470     13,593     16,243     10,128  

Leases

   76     60     11     14     270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance

  $74,751    $71,426    $72,017    $73,952    $64,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Table 45 presents a five-year summary of the Company’s ALL. Also, please see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Credit Risk” on page 4952 in this report for information relating to nonaccrual, past due, restructured loans, and other credit risk matters. For more information on loan portfolio segments and ALL methodology refer to Note 3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As illustrated in Table 45 below, the ALL decreased as a percentage of total loans to 1.451.15 percent as of December 31, 2011,2013, compared to 1.611.26 percent as of December 31, 2010.2012. Based on the factors above, management of the Company had a reduction ofno change in expense of $9.3 million, or 29.6 percent, related to the provision for loan losses in 2011,2013, compared to 2010. This decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in the inherent risk within the loan portfolio.2012. This compares to a $0.6$4.7 million, or 1.821.2 percent, decrease in the provision for loan losses in 2010,2012, compared to 2009.2011.

27


Table 45

ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES(in thousands)

 

   2011

  2010

  2009

  2008

  2007

 

Allowance-beginning of year

  $73,952   $64,139   $52,297   $45,986   $44,926  

Provision for loan losses

   22,200    31,510    32,100    17,850    9,333  

Allowance of banks and loans acquired

   —      —      —      216    —    

Charge-offs:

                     

Commercial

   (12,693  (6,644  (5,532  (4,281  (2,615

Consumer

                     

Credit card

   (13,493  (15,606  (13,625  (8,092  (5,684

Other

   (1,945  (2,979  (4,911  (4,147  (3,857

Real estate

   (532  (258  (881  (61  (318
   


 


 


 


 


Total charge-offs

   (28,663  (25,487  (24,949  (16,581  (12,474

Recoveries:

                     

Commercial

   813    637    1,419    1,338    1,046  

Consumer

                     

Credit card

   2,366    1,327    1,334    1,253    1,107  

Other

   1,317    1,797    1,936    2,220    2,032  

Real estate

   32    29    2    15    16  
   


 


 


 


 


Total recoveries

   4,528    3,790    4,691    4,826    4,201  
   


 


 


 


 


Net charge-offs

   (24,135  (21,697  (20,258  (11,755  (8,273
   


 


 


 


 


Allowance-end of year

  $72,017   $73,952   $64,139   $52,297   $45,986  
   


 


 


 


 


Average loans, net of unearned interest

  $4,748,909   $4,478,377   $4,356,187   $4,175,658   $3,888,149  

Loans at end of year, net of unearned interest

   4,960,343    4,583,683    4,314,705    4,388,148    3,917,125  

Allowance to loans at year-end

   1.45  1.61  1.49  1.19  1.17

Allowance as a multiple of net charge-offs

   2.98  3.41  3.17  4.45  5.56

Net charge-offs to:

                     

Provision for loan losses

   108.71  68.86  63.11  65.86  88.64

Average loans

   0.51    0.48    0.47    0.28    0.21  

   2013  2012  2011  2010  2009 

Allowance-beginning of year

  $71,426   $72,017   $73,952   $64,139   $52,297  

Provision for loan losses

   17,500    17,500    22,200    31,510    32,100  

Allowance of banks and loans acquired

   —      —      —      —      —    

Charge-offs:

      

Commercial

   (4,748  (8,446  (12,693  (6,644  (5,532

Consumer

      

Credit card

   (10,531  (11,148  (13,493  (15,606  (13,625

Other

   (1,600  (1,530  (1,945  (2,979  (4,911

Real estate

   (775  (932  (532  (258  (881
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

   (17,654  (22,056  (28,663  (25,487  (24,949

Recoveries:

      

Commercial

   867    1,136    813    637    1,419  

Consumer

      

Credit card

   1,720    1,766    2,366    1,327    1,334  

Other

   815    1,035    1,317    1,797    1,936  

Real estate

   77    28    32    29    2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total recoveries

   3,479    3,965    4,528    3,790    4,691  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

   (14,175  (18,091  (24,135  (21,697  (20,258
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance-end of year

  $74,751   $71,426   $72,017   $73,952   $64,139  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Average loans, net of unearned interest

  $6,217,240   $5,243,264   $4,748,909   $4,478,377   $4,356,187  

Loans at end of year, net of unearned interest

   6,520,512    5,686,749    4,960,343    4,583,683    4,314,705  

Allowance to loans at year-end

   1.15  1.26  1.45  1.61  1.49

Allowance as a multiple of net charge-offs

   5.27  3.95  2.98  3.41  3.17

Net charge-offs to:

      

Provision for loan losses

   81.00  103.38  108.71  68.86  63.11

Average loans

   0.23    0.35    0.51    0.48    0.47  

Noninterest Income

A key objective of the Company is the growth of noninterest income to enhance profitability and provide steady income, as fee-based services are typically non-credit related and are not generally affected by fluctuations in interest rates. Noninterest income increased $54.0$33.7 million, or 15.07.4 percent, to $414.3$491.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011,2013, compared to the same period in 2010. Trust2012. The increase in 2013 is primarily attributable to higher trust and securities processing income increased $48.0 million, or 30.0 percent,and equity earnings on alternative investments, partially offset by trading and investment banking, gains on the sales of securities available for year-to-date December 31, 2011, as comparedsale, and other noninterest income. The increase in 2012 is primarily attributable to the same period in 2010. Bankcard fees increased $5.0 million, or 9.1 percent, compared to 2010. Gains fromhigher trust and securities processing income, gains on the sale of securities available for sale, and adjustments of $16.1 million were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $8.3 million for the same period of 2010.

contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions.

The Company’s fee-based services provide the opportunity to offer multiple products and services to customers which management believes will more closely align to the customer’s product demand with the Company. The Company’s ongoing focus is to continue to develop and offer multiple products and services to its customers. The Company is currently emphasizing fee-based services including trust and securities processing, bankcard, securities trading/brokerage and cash/treasury management. Management believes that it can offer these products and services both efficiently and profitably, as most have common platforms and support structures.

28


Table 56

SUMMARY OF NONINTEREST INCOME (in(in thousands)

 

   Year Ended December 31

 
               Dollar Change

  Percent Change

 
   2011

   2010

   2009

   11-10

  10-09

  11-10

  10-09

 

Trust and securities processing

  $208,392    $160,356    $120,544    $48,036   $39,812    30.0  33.0

Trading and investment banking

   27,720     29,211     26,587     (1,491  2,624    (5.1  9.9  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   74,659     77,617     83,392     (2,958  (5,775  (3.8  (6.9

Insurance fees and commissions

   4,375     5,565     4,800     (1,190  765    (21.4  15.9  

Brokerage fees

   9,950     6,345     7,172     3,605    (827  56.8    (11.5

Bankcard fees

   59,767     54,804     45,321     4,963    9,483    9.1    20.9  

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

   16,125     8,315     9,737     7,810    (1,422  93.9    (14.6

Other

   13,344     18,157     12,623     (4,813  5,534    (26.5  43.8  
   


  


  


  


 


 


 


Total noninterest income

  $414,332    $360,370    $310,176    $53,962   $50,194    15.0  16.2
   


  


  


  


 


 


 


   Year Ended December 31 
               Dollar Change  Percent Change 
   2013   2012   2011   13-12  12-11  13-12  12-11 

Trust and securities processing

  $265,948    $225,094    $208,392    $40,854   $16,702    18.1  8.0

Trading and investment banking

   20,641     30,359     27,720     (9,718  2,639    (32.0  9.5  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   84,133     78,694     74,659     5,439    4,035    6.9    5.4  

Insurance fees and commissions

   3,727     4,095     4,375     (368  (280  (9.0  (6.4

Brokerage fees

   11,470     11,105     9,950     365    1,155    3.3    11.6  

Bankcard fees

   62,031     60,567     59,767     1,464    800    2.4    1.3  

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

   8,542     20,232     16,125     (11,690  4,107    (57.8  25.5  

Equity earnings on alternative investments

   19,048     422     3     18,626    419    >100.0    >100.0  

Other

   16,293     27,554     13,341     (11,261  14,213    (40.9  >100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

  $491,833    $458,122    $414,332    $33,711   $43,790    7.4  10.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noninterest income and the year-over-year changes in noninterest income are summarized in Table 56 above. The dollar change and percent change columns highlight the respective net increase or decrease in the categories of noninterest income in 20112013 compared to 2010,2012, and in 20102012 compared to 2009.

2011.

Trust and securities processing income consists of fees earned on personal and corporate trust accounts, custody of securities services, trust investments and moneyinvestment management services, and mutual fund assets servicing. This income category increased by $48.0$40.9 million, or 30.018.1 percent in 2011,2013, compared to 2010,2012, and increased by $39.8$16.7 million, or 33.08.0 percent in 2010,2012, compared to 2009.2011. The Company increased fund administration and custody services fee income by $6.8$5.4 million and $14.5$4.6 million in 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. Advisory fee income from the Scout Funds increased $14.4$21.5 million in 20112013 compared to 20102012 and $15.5$9.0 million in 20102012 compared to 2009.2011. Fee income from institutional and personal investment management services increased $23.2$12.7 million in 20112013 and $6.0$3.4 million in 2010.2012. Management continues to emphasize sales of services to both new and existing clients as well as increasing and improving the distribution channels.

Bankcard fees increased $5.0Trading and investment banking income decreased by $9.7 million, or 9.132.0 percent in 2013, compared to 2012, and $9.5increased $2.6 million, or 20.99.5 percent in 20102012, compared to 2009, respectively.2011. The increaseincome in both years reflects both higher card volumethis category is market driven and a greater average transaction dollar amount. Additionally, credit card rebate programs encourage increased usageimpacted by both consumer and commercial customers.

general increases or decreases in trading volume.

Gains on sales of securities available for sale increased $7.8decreased $11.7 million in 20112013 compared to 2010, but decreased2012 and increased by $1.4$4.1 million in 20102012 compared to 2009.2011. This change in sales activity is due to the strategic initiative to rotate earning assets into loans and out of the investment portfolio.

Equity earnings on alternative investments increased $18.6 million in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to $17.0 million in unrealized gains on Prairie Capital Management investments.

Other noninterest income decreased $11.3 million primarily due to an $8.7 million adjustment in contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions recognized in 2012. These adjustments were due to the adoption of new accounting guidance in 2012 related to fair value measurements and changes in cash flow projections.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense increased in both 2011 and 2010 compared to the respective prior years. Noninterest expense increased in 20112013 by $50.1$33.7 million, or 9.85.7 percent, compared to 20102012 and increased in 20102012 by $52.0$27.7 million, or 11.34.9 percent, compared to 2009.2011. The main drivers of this increase in 20102013 were salaries and employee benefits expense, amortizationequipment expense, from acquisitions, processing fees, and a legal settlement.other noninterest expense. The increases in 2012 were salaries and employee benefits expense, marketing and business development, and increases in the contingent consideration liability on acquisitions. Table 67 below summarizes the components of noninterest expense and the respective year-over-year changes for each category.

29


Table 67

SUMMARY OF NONINTEREST EXPENSE(in thousands)

 

   Year Ended December 31

 
   
   
   
   Dollar Change

  Percent Change

 
   2011

   2010

   2009

   11-10

  10-09

  11-10

  10-09

 

Salaries and employee benefits

  $294,756    $267,213    $240,819    $27,543   $26,394    10.3  11.0

Occupancy, net

   38,406     36,251     34,760   �� 2,155    1,491    5.9    4.3  

Equipment

   42,728     44,934     47,645     (2,206  (2,711  (4.9  (5.7

Supplies and services

   22,166     18,841     20,237     3,325    (1,396  17.6    (6.9

Marketing and business development

   20,150     18,348     15,446     1,802    2,902    9.8    18.8  

Processing fees

   49,985     45,502     35,465     4,483    10,037    9.9    28.3  

Legal and consulting

   15,601     14,046     10,254     1,555    3,792    11.1    37.0  

Bankcard

   15,600     16,714     14,251     (1,114  2,463    (6.7  17.3  

Amortization of other intangible assets

   16,100     11,142     6,169     4,958    4,973    44.5    80.6  

Regulatory fees

   10,395     13,448     15,675     (3,053  (2,227  (22.7  (14.2

Class action litigation settlement

   7,800     —       —       7,800    —      >100.0    0.0  

Other

   29,059     26,183     19,864     2,876    6,319    11.0    31.8  
   


  


  


  


 


 


 


Total noninterest expense

  $562,746    $512,622    $460,585    $50,124   $52,037    9.8  11.3
   


  


  


  


 


 


 


   Year Ended December 31 
               Dollar Change  Percent Change 
   2013   2012   2011   13-12  12-11  13-12  12-11 

Salaries and employee benefits

  $339,691    $319,852    $294,756    $19,839   $25,096    6.2  8.5

Occupancy, net

   39,291     37,927     38,406     1,364    (479  3.6    (1.2

Equipment

   49,207     43,465     42,728     5,742    737    13.2    1.7  

Supplies and services

   20,387     21,045     22,166     (658  (1,121  (3.1  (5.1

Marketing and business development

   22,703     24,604     20,150     (1,901  4,454    (7.7  22.1  

Processing fees

   57,791     51,191     49,985     6,600    1,206    12.9    2.4  

Legal and consulting

   18,703     17,980     15,601     723    2,379    4.0    15.2  

Bankcard

   18,381     18,154     15,600     227    2,554    1.3    16.4  

Amortization of other intangible assets

   13,218     14,775     16,100     (1,557  (1,325  (10.5  (8.2

Regulatory fees

   9,129     9,447     10,395     (318  (948  (3.4  (9.1

Class action litigation settlement

   —       —       7,800     —      (7,800  —      (>100.0

Other

   35,677     32,014     29,059     3,663    2,955    11.4    10.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

  $624,178    $590,454    $562,746    $33,724   $27,708    5.7  4.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $27.5$19.8 million, or 10.36.2 percent, and $26.4$25.1 million, or 11.08.5 percent, in 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. The increase in both 20112013 and 20102012 is primarily due to higher employee base salaries, higher commissions and bonuses and higher cost of benefits. Base salaries increased by $13.8$10.5 million, or 11.15.3 percent, in 2011,2013, compared to the same period in 2010.2012. Commissions and bonuses increased by $8.6$5.0 million, or 15.97.6 percent, in 2011,2013, compared to the same period in 2010.2012. Employee benefits increased by $5.5$4.4 million, or 13.28.0 percent, in 2011,2013, compared to the same period in 2010. Significantly driving these results, the Company has added key officers2012.

Equipment expense increased $5.7 million, or 13.2 percent in 2013. This increase is driven by increased computer hardware and associates during 2011 and 2010, including those added as a result of acquisitions.

software expenses.

Processing fees increased $4.5$6.6 million, or 9.9 percent, and $10.0 million, or 28.312.9 percent in 2011 and 2010, respectively.2013. This increase which is correlated to the increase in trust and securities processing income noted above, is due to increased third party custodian fees related to international transactions from mutual fund clients andprimarily driven by fees paid by the advisor to third-party distributors of the Scout Funds.

Amortization of other intangiblesOther noninterest expense increased $5.0$3.7 million, or 44.511.4 percent, and $5.0primarily driven by an increase in contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions of $5.2 million or 80.6 percent, during 2011 and 2010, respectively. These increases are due to increased amortization from the acquisition activitychanges in these years.cash flow projections, offset by a $4.0 million decrease in derivative expense, compared to 2012.

During the second quarter of 2011, the Company and its subsidiaries, UMB Bank, n.a., UMB Bank Colorado, n.a., UMB Bank Arizona, n.a., and UMB National Bank of America entered into an agreement to settle a class action lawsuit, filed in Missouri, in November 2010 and amended in May 2011, arising from the Company’s consumer personal deposit account posting practices, which allegedly resulted in excessive overdraft fees in violation of Missouri’s consumer protection statute and the account agreement. While admitting no wrongdoing, in order to fully and finally resolve the litigation and avoid any further expense and distraction caused by the litigation, the Company established a $7.8 million escrow fund in accordance with this agreement.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense totaled $49.5 million, $47.5 million, and $39.9 million $35.8 millionin 2013, 2012 and $31.0 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts equate to effective rates of 27.0 percent, 27.9 percent, and 27.3 percent 28.3 percentfor 2013, 2012 and 25.7 percent for 2011,

30


2010 and 2009, respectively. The changesincrease in the effective tax rate over the three-year period are primarily attributablefrom 2011 to (i) one-time benefits recognized in 2009 for historic rehab tax credits and state tax positions with no similar benefits recognized in 2011 or 2010, (ii) an increase in the valuation allowance during 2010, and (iii)2012 results from changes in the portion of income earned from tax-exempt municipal securities. securities and an increase in the state marginal tax rate. The decrease in the effective tax rate from 2012 to 2013 is primarily attributable to federal tax credits realized.

On September 13, 2013, the IRS released final tangible property regulations under Sections 162(a) and 263(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) and proposed regulations under Section 168 of the IRC. These regulations generally apply to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014 and will affect all taxpayers that acquire, produce, or improve tangible property. Based upon preliminary analysis, the adoption of these regulations will not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

For further information on income taxes refer to Note 1716 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business Segments

The Company has strategically aligned its operations into the following four reportable segments (collectively, “Business Segments”): Commercial Financial Services,Bank, Payment Solutions, Institutional Financial Services,Investment Management, and Personal Financial Services.Asset Servicing. Business segment financial results produced by the Company’s internal management accounting system are evaluated regularly by the Executive Committee in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance for individual Business Segments. The Business Segments were redefined during the first quarter of 2012 to reflect the Executive Committee’s changes in executive management responsibilities for each of the core businesses, the products and services provided and the types of customers served, and how financial information is currently evaluated by management. The management accounting system assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each business segment using methodologies that are refined on an ongoing basis. For comparability purposes, amounts in all periods are based on methodologies in effect at December 31, 2011.

Table 8

Bank Operating Results

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
   Dollar
Change
  Percent
Change
 
   2013   2012   13-12  13-12 

Net interest income

  $285,112    $274,843    $10,269    3.7

Provision for loan losses

   5,112     9,267     (4,155  (44.8

Noninterest income

   210,535     214,595     (4,060  (1.9

Noninterest expense

   376,365     381,585     (5,220  (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   114,170     98,586     15,584    15.8  

Income tax expense

   28,532     26,452     2,080    7.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $85,638    $72,134    $13,504    18.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commercial Financial Services’Bank net income before taxes increased $7.7$13.5 million, or 12.518.7 percent, from $72.1 million in 2012 to $69.4$85.6 million fromin 2013. Net interest income improved $10.3 million, or 3.7 percent driven by strong Commercial loan growth, while being slightly offset by interest rate margin compression. Provision decreased by $4.2 million due to improvements in the prior year.credit characteristics of the loan portfolio in this segment.

Noninterest income decreased $4.1 million, or 1.9 percent, over the same period in 2012. The increasedecrease in netnoninterest income was driven primarily by increase to margindecreases in securities gains of $11.7 million, bond trading income of $10.5 million, and other noninterest income of $8.0 million. The reduction in other noninterest income was primarily

due to a decrease of $3.8 million in fair value adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities due to the adoption of new accounting guidance in 2012 and a decrease of $3.6 million in fair value adjustments on interest rate swap transactions compared to last year. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $6.2 million in noninterest expense. Total average earning asset balances increased over the prior year by $244.1trust and securities processing income and an increase of $18.6 million or 7.0 percent; additionally, average deposits and repurchase agreements increased by $574.3 million, or 15.7 percent. Net interest margin increased by $8.5 million, or 5.5 percent, due to the balance sheet increases and enhanced net margin spread in this segment. Noninterest income increased $2.7 million, or 7.2 percent, due to increased fees from the sales of commercial credit cards, deposit service charges, and letters of credit. Noninterest expense increased by $3.6 million, or 3.0 percent,equity earnings on alternative investments, primarily due to an increase$17.0 million of unrealized gains on Prairie Capital Management equity method investments recognized in allocated technology and general overhead expenses. Provision for loan loss2013.

Noninterest expense decreased slightly by $0.8$5.2 million, or 0.71.4 percent, to $376.4 million, compared to 2010 as the inherent risk2012, which was primarily driven by a decrease in the loan portfolio remained stable in this segment.fair value adjustments on interest rate swap transactions of $4.0 million.

Table 9

Payment Solutions Operating Results

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
   Dollar
Change
  Percent
Change
 
   2013   2012   13-12  13-12 

Net interest income

  $45,832    $43,350    $2,482    5.7

Provision for loan losses

   12,388     8,233     4,155    50.5  

Noninterest income

   74,223     67,887     6,336    9.3  

Noninterest expense

   86,746     69,095     17,651    25.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   20,921     33,909     (12,988  (38.3

Income tax expense

   6,732     9,555     (2,823  (29.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $14,189    $24,354    $(10,165  (41.7)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Institutional Financial Services’Payments Solutions net income beforeafter taxes increased $19.5decreased $10.2 million, or 40.441.7 percent, to $67.7$14.2 million from the 2010. Noninterest income increased $36.0 million, or 16.4 percent, net interest margin increased by $1.8 million, or 3.6 percent, and provision decreased by $9.2 million, or 50.0 percent. This was offset by a $27.6 million, or 13.4 percent, increase in noninterest expense. Noninterest income increased due to a $14.4 million increase in advisory fees from Scout Investments, $6.8 million increase in fund administration and custody services income, $15.4 million increase in institutional management fee income and a $4.3 million increase in card services income. Fee income increased largely due to the acquisitions and net inflows of $1.1 billion for 2011. Fee income from new sales is the primary driver of the increase in fund administration and alternative investments. Card services income increased from our credit card portfolio acquisitions in 2010 and due to increased sales volume in commercial card, healthcare services and debit card. Noninterest expense increased $17.8 million in salary and benefit costs related to the increase to staffing related to acquisitions and growth in Fund Services and Card Services. Amortization of intangibles related to the acquisitions increased by $4.2 million. Overhead allocations increased to this segment of $3.7 million due to the increases in revenue in this segment. Net interest income increased $1.8 million due to an increase in average deposits of $492.6 million.

Personal Financial Services’ net income before taxes decreased by $6.8 million, or 49.1 percent, to $7.0 million compared to the prior year. Net interest income decreased $3.7increased by $2.5 million, or 3.65.7 percent, over 2010 due to a decreasegrowth in earning assets of $5.3 million and lowerdeposits, but offset with a reduction in funds transfer creditspricing credit on deposits in this segment. Average loans decreaseddeposits. Provision expense increased by $1.4$4.2 million, offsetor 50.5 percent. Noninterest income increased $6.3 million, or 9.3 percent, driven by an increase in average deposit balancesservice charge income from institutional banking and investor services and healthcare services customers as well as an increase in bankcard income for healthcare services. Noninterest expense increased by $17.7 million, or 25.5 percent, due to increases in salaries and benefits of 257.0$4.9 million, primarily in demand, interest checking,support services of $3.2 million, technology project expenses of $3.3 million, processing fees of $2.2 million due to increased volumes, fraud losses of $0.8 million, and money market with a reduction in savingslegal and time deposits.compliance fees of $0.8 million.

Table 10

Institutional Investment Management Operating Results

   Year Ended
December 31,
   Dollar
Change
  Percent
Change
 
   2013  2012   13-12  13-12 

Net interest income

  $(32 $2    $(34  (>100.0)% 

Provision for loan losses

   —      —       —      —    

Noninterest income

   126,442    100,051     26,391    26.4  

Noninterest expense

   88,336    70,981     17,355    24.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   38,074    29,072     9,002    31.0  

Income tax expense

   10,011    8,118     1,893    23.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $28,063   $20,954    $7,109    33.9
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Institutional Investment Management net income increased $7.1 million, or 33.9 percent, to $28.1 million for 2013 compared to the prior year. Noninterest income increased $6.7$26.4 million, or 6.926.4 percent, from 2010. This increase was due primarily to an increase of $13.7 million in investment management fee income related to the acquisitions and growth in personal trust fee income. This increase was offset by reduced deposit service charges of $6.6$126.4 million primarily due to a $29.2 million increase in advisory fees driven from an increase in assets under management of $7.7 billion, which was offset by a decrease of $4.3 million in overdraft and insufficient fund fees.fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration liability due to the adoption of new accounting guidance in 2012. Noninterest expense increased $9.8$17.4 million, or 5.324.5 percent, over 2010. Theto $88.3 million compared to a year ago. This increase was primarily due to a $5.9 million increase in salaries and benefits, a $5.7 million increase in third party distribution expense and a $5.1 million increase in contingent consideration liability on acquisitions related to cash flow estimate changes on acquisitions compared to last year.

Table 11

Asset Servicing Operating Results

   Year Ended
December 31,
   Dollar
Change
   Percent
Change
 
   2013   2012   13-12   13-12 

Net interest income

  $2,357    $1,861    $496     26.65

Provision for loan losses

   —       —       —       —    

Noninterest income

   80,633     75,589     5,044     6.67  

Noninterest expense

   72,731     68,793     3,938     5.72  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   10,259     8,657     1,602     18.51  

Income tax expense

   4,184     3,382     802     23.71  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $6,075    $5,275    $800     15.17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Asset Servicing net income increased $0.8 million, or 15.2 percent, to $6.1 million compared to 2012. Net interest margin increased by $0.5 million, or 26.7 percent, due to deposit growth within this segment. Noninterest income increased $5.0 million, or 6.7 percent, resulting from a $5.5 million increase in fee income from business added in transfer agent, alternative investment, and fund administration services, increases from asset based fees, fund growth and a $0.7 million gain from the transfer of trust-related distribution services. These increases were offset by a decrease in miscellaneous income of $1.3 million in fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration liability compared to last year due to the adoption of new accounting guidance in 2012. Noninterest expense increased $3.9 million, or 5.7 percent, due primarily to a $1.9 million increase in fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration liability on acquisitions and an increase of $6.0$1.7 million in salary and benefit costs and $1.0 million in amortization of intangibles relatedexpense to acquisitions.

31


The net income before tax for the Treasury and Other Adjustments category was $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to net income before tax of $3.1 million for the same period in 2010.

support business growth.

Balance Sheet Analysis

Loans and Loans Held For Sale

Loans represent the Company’s largest source of interest income. Loan balances held for investment increased by $376.7$833.8 million, or 8.214.7 percent, in 2011.2013. Commercial and commercial real estate loans had the most significant growth in outstanding balances in 2011,2013, compared to 2010. Commercial2012. Residential real estate, construction real estate, and home equityother consumer loans had smalleralso experienced increases compared to 2010.2012. These increases were offset by small decreases in consumer loanscredit card and construction real estate.HELOC loans.

Table 712

ANALYSIS OF LOANS BY TYPE(in thousands)

 

   December 31

 
   2011

  2010

  2009

  2008

  2007

 

Commercial

  $2,234,817   $1,937,052   $1,963,533   $2,128,512   $1,769,505  

Commercial—credit card

   95,339    84,544    65,273    59,196    57,487  

Real estate—construction

   84,590    128,520    106,914    89,960    83,292  

Real estate—commercial

   1,394,555    1,294,897    1,141,447    1,030,227    823,531  

Leases

   3,834    7,055    7,510    9,895    6,113  
   


 


 


 


 


Total business-related

   3,813,135    3,452,068    3,284,677    3,317,790    2,739,928  
   


 


 


 


 


Real estate—residential

   185,886    193,157    218,081    181,935    160,380  

Real estate—HELOC

   533,032    476,057    435,814    377,740    278,478  

Consumer—credit card

   333,646    322,208    231,254    194,958    169,729  

Consumer—other

   94,644    140,193    144,879    315,725    568,610  
   


 


 


 


 


Total consumer-related

   1,147,208    1,131,615    1,030,028    1,070,358    1,177,197  
   


 


 


 


 


Loans before allowance and loans held for sale

   4,960,343    4,583,683    4,314,705    4,388,148    3,917,125  

Allowance for loan losses

   (72,017  (73,952  (64,139  (52,297  (45,986
   


 


 


 


 


Net loans before loans held for sale

   4,888,326    4,509,731    4,250,566    4,335,851    3,871,139  

Loans held for sale

   10,215    14,414    17,523    21,886    12,240  
   


 


 


 


 


Net loans and loans held for sale

  $4,898,541   $4,524,145   $4,268,089   $4,357,737   $3,883,379  
   


 


 


 


 


As a % of total loans and loans held for sale

                     

Commercial

   44.96  42.13  45.32  48.27  45.03

Commercial—credit card

   1.92    1.84    1.51    1.34    1.46  

Real estate-construction

   1.70    2.80    2.47    2.04    2.12  

Real estate-commercial

   28.06    28.16    26.35    23.36    20.96  

Leases

   0.08    0.15    0.17    0.22    0.16  
   


 


 


 


 


Total business-related

   76.72    75.08    75.82    75.23    69.73  
   


 


 


 


 


Real estate—residential

   3.74    4.20    5.03    4.13    4.08  

Real estate—HELOC

   10.72    10.35    10.06    8.57    7.09  

Consumer—credit card

   6.71    7.01    5.34    4.42    4.32  

Consumer—other

   1.90    3.05    3.35    7.15    14.47  
   


 


 


 


 


Total consumer-related

   23.07    24.61    23.78    24.27    29.96  

Loans held for sale

   0.21    0.31    0.40    0.50    0.31  
   


 


 


 


 


Total loans and loans held for sale

   100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0
   


 


 


 


 


32


  December 31 
  2013  2012  2011  2010  2009 

Commercial

 $3,301,503   $2,873,694   $2,234,817   $1,937,052   $1,963,533  

Commercial—credit card

  103,270    104,320    95,339    84,544    65,273  

Real estate—construction

  152,875    78,486    84,590    128,520    106,914  

Real estate—commercial

  1,702,151    1,435,811    1,394,555    1,294,897    1,141,447  

Leases

  23,981    19,084    3,834    7,055    7,510  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total business-related

  5,283,780    4,511,395    3,813,135    3,452,068    3,284,677  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Real estate—residential

  289,356    212,363    185,886    193,157    218,081  

Real estate—HELOC

  566,128    573,923    533,032    476,057    435,814  

Consumer—credit card

  318,336    334,518    333,646    322,208    231,254  

Consumer—other

  62,912    54,550    94,644    140,193    144,879  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total consumer-related

  1,236,732    1,175,354    1,147,208    1,131,615    1,030,028  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loans before allowance and loans held for sale

  6,520,512    5,686,749    4,960,343    4,583,683    4,314,705  

Allowance for loan losses

  (74,751  (71,426  (72,017  (73,952  (64,139
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loans before loans held for sale

  6,445,761    5,615,323    4,888,326    4,509,731    4,250,566  

Loans held for sale

  1,357    3,877    10,215    14,414    17,523  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loans and loans held for sale

 $6,447,118   $5,619,200   $4,898,541   $4,524,145   $4,268,089  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As a % of total loans and loans held for sale

     

Commercial

  50.63  50.49  44.96  42.13  45.32

Commercial—credit card

  1.58    1.83    1.92    1.84    1.51  

Real estate-construction

  2.34    1.38    1.70    2.80    2.47  

Real estate-commercial

  26.10    25.23    28.06    28.16    26.35  

Leases

  0.37    0.34    0.08    0.15    0.17  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total business-related

  81.02    79.27    76.72    75.08    75.82  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Real estate—residential

  4.44    3.73    3.74    4.20    5.03  

Real estate—HELOC

  8.68    10.09    10.72    10.35    10.06  

Consumer—credit card

  4.88    5.88    6.71    7.01    5.34  

Consumer—other

  0.96    0.96    1.90    3.05    3.35  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total consumer-related

  18.96    20.66    23.07    24.61    23.78  

Loans held for sale

  0.02    0.07    0.21    0.31    0.40  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans and loans held for sale

  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Included in Table 712 is a five-year breakdown of loans by type. Business-related loans continue to represent the largest segment of the Company’s loan portfolio, comprising approximately 76.781.0 percent and 75.179.3 percent of total loans and loans held for sale at the end of 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively.

Commercial loans represent the largest percent of total loans. Commercial loans have increased $297.8$427.8 million, or 15.414.9 percent, compared to 2010.2012. Commercial loans have also increased to 45.050.6 percent of total loans compared to 42.150.5 percent in 2010.2012. The Company has also increased its capacity to lend through increased commitments over 2010.2012. Commercial line utilization has remained lower compared to prior yearslow due to the current economic conditions.

As a percentage of total loans, commercial real estate and construction real estate construction loans now comprise 29.828.4 percent of total loans, compared to 31.026.6 percent at the end of 2010.2012. Commercial real estate increased 99.7$266.3 million, or 7.718.6 percent, and construction real estate loans increased $74.4 million, or 94.8 percent, compared to 2010. This increase was offset by a $43.9 million, or 34.2 percent, decrease in construction real estate.

2012. Generally, these loans are made for working capital or expansion purposes and are primarily secured by real estate with a maximum loan-to-value of 80 percent. Most of these properties are owner-occupied and/or have other collateral or guarantees as security.

BankcardResidential real estate loans including both commercial and consumer categories have increased $22.2$77.0 million, or 5.536.3 percent, in 2011, compared to 2010. The increase in bankcard loans is due primarily to continued promotional activity and rewards programs associated with the various card products.

Other consumer loans continued to decrease in total amount outstanding and as a percentage of loans. These loans decreased $45.5 million, or 32.5 percent, compared to 2010 and decreased to 1.9 percent of total loans in 2011 compared to 3.1 percent in 2010. This decrease was driven by a reduction in auto loans with reduced demand for other consumer credit as well.

Real estate home equity loans (HELOC) have increased $57.0 million, or 12.0 percent, compared to 2010, but remained relatively flat at 10.7now represent 4.44 percent of total loans compared to 2010. The HELOC growth was a result of the success of multiple promotions, as well as market penetration within the Company’s current customer base through its current distribution channels.

3.73 percent in 2012.

Nonaccrual, past due and restructured loans are discussed under “Credit Risk” within the Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk in Item 7A on page 4952 of this report.

Investment Securities

The Company’s security portfolio provides liquidity as a result of the composition and average lifecash flow characteristics of the underlying securities. This liquidity can be used to fund loan growth or to offset the outflow of traditional funding sources. In addition to providing a potential source of liquidity, the security portfolio can be used as a tool to manage interest rate sensitivity. The Company’s goal in the management of its securities portfolio is to maximize return within the Company’s parameters of liquidity goals, interest rate risk and credit risk. The Company maintains high liquidity levels while investing in only high-grade securities. The security portfolio generates the Company’s second largest component of interest income.

Securities available for sale and securities held to maturity comprised 50.044.5 percent and 50.452.0 percent of earning assets as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. Total investment securities totaled $6.3remained flat totaling $7.1 billion at December 31, 2011, compared to $5.7 billion at year-end 2010.2013 and December 31, 2012. Management expects deposit balance changes, loan demand, and collateral pledging requirements for public funds to be the primary factors impacting changes in the level of security holdings.

Securities available for sale comprised 97.395.9 percent of the Company’s investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2011,2013, compared to 97.897.2 percent at year-end 2010.2012. Securities available for sale had a net unrealized

33


gain loss of $128.0$52.3 million at year-end, compared to a net unrealized gain of $39.9$134.8 million the preceding year. This market value change reflects primarily the impact of mid and longer-term market interest rate increases during the second half of 2013. These amounts are reflected, on an after-tax basis, in the Company’s other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity, as an unrealized gainloss of $81.1$32.6 million at year-end 2011,2013, compared to an unrealized gain of $25.5$85.6 million for 2010.

2012.

The securities portfolio achieved an average yield on a tax-equivalent basis of 2.0 percent for 2013, compared to 2.1 percent in 2012, and 2.4 percent for 2011, compared to 2.7 percent in 2010, and 3.5 percent in 2009.2011. The decrease in yield is due to the replacement of higher yielding securities with lower yielding securities as the investment portfolio is reinvested. The average life of the securities portfolio was 32.847.6 months at December 31, 2011,2013, compared to 28.740.0 months at year-end 2010.

2012. The increase in average life from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013, was related primarily to mortgage-backed securities holdings experiencing extension due to slower prepayment rates resulting from market interest rate increases during the second half of 2013.

Included in Tables 813 and 914 are analyses of the cost, fair value and average yield (tax-equivalent basis) of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity.

The securities portfolio contains securities that have unrealized losses and are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired (see the table of these securities in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 7076 of this document). The unrealized losses in the Company’s investments in direct obligations of U.S. treasury obligations, U.S. government agencies, federal agency mortgage-backed securities, and municipal securities, and Corporates were caused by changes in interest rates. Because theThe Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and does not believe it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these securities before a recovery of fair value. The Company expects to recover its cost basis in the securities and does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.2013.

Table 813

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2011


  Amortized Cost

   Fair Value

 

December 31, 2013

  Amortized Cost   Fair Value 

U.S. Treasury

  $184,523    $189,325    $110,789    $110,200  

U.S. Agencies

   1,615,637     1,632,009     1,258,176     1,257,663  

Mortgage-backed

   2,437,282     2,492,348     2,984,963     2,944,566  

State and political subdivisions

   1,642,844     1,694,036     2,003,509     1,995,246  

Corporates

   99,620     100,164     457,275     454,736  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

Total

  $5,979,906    $6,107,882    $6,814,712    $6,762,411  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

December 31, 2010


  Amortized Cost

   Fair Value

 

U.S. Treasury

  $482,912    $486,713  

U.S. Agencies

   1,994,696     2,000,298  

Mortgage-backed

   1,813,023     1,833,475  

State and political subdivisions

   1,252,067     1,262,275  

Corporates

   30,453     30,286  
  


  


Total

  $5,573,151    $5,613,047  
  


  


 

   U.S. Treasury Securities

  U.S. Agency Securities

  Mortgage-backed
Securities


 

December 31, 2011


  Fair Value

   Weighted
Average
Yield


  Fair Value

   Weighted
Average
Yield


  Fair Value

   Weighted
Average
Yield


 

Due in one year or less

  $—       —   $525,045     1.41 $66,084     4.62

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   184,265     1.32    1,106,964     1.17    2,140,763     2.55  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   5,060     1.98    —       —      267,696     2.78  

Due after 10 years

   —       —      —       —      17,805     4.12  
   


  


 


  


 


  


Total

  $189,325     1.34 $1,632,009     1.25 $2,492,348     2.65
   


  


 


  


 


  


December 31, 2012

  Amortized Cost   Fair Value 

U.S. Treasury

  $116,856    $117,851  

U.S. Agencies

   1,019,640     1,026,115  

Mortgage-backed

   3,480,006     3,556,193  

State and political subdivisions

   1,842,715     1,892,684  

Corporates

   337,706     338,887  

Commercial Paper

   5,733     5,733  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $6,802,656    $6,937,463  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

34


  State and Political
Subdivisions


 Corporates

     
  U.S. Treasury Securities U.S. Agency Securities 

December 31, 2011


  Fair Value

   Weighted
Average
Yield


 Fair Value

   Weighted
Average
Yield


 Total Fair
Value


   

December 31, 2013

  Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
 Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

  $271,922     3.17 $—       —   $863,051       $150     1.01 $218,900     0.92

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   815,473     3.12    100,164     1.34    4,347,629        105,420     0.87    1,038,763     0.71  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   515,414     3.75    —       —      788,170        4,630     1.75    —       —    

Due after 10 years

   91,227     3.61    —       —      109,032        —       —      —       —    
  


  


 


  


 


     

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total

  $1,694,036     3.34 $100,164     1.51 $6,107,882       $110,200     0.91 $1,257,663     0.74
  


  


 


  


 


     

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 
  Mortgage-backed
Securities
 State and Political
Subdivisions
 

December 31, 2013

  Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
 Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

  $27,917     2.59 $288,887     2.51

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   2,561,318     2.11    806,912     2.63  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   340,202     1.87    741,422     3.02  

Due after 10 years

   15,129     3.28    158,025     3.18  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total

  $2,944,566     2.09 $1,995,246     2.80
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

  U.S.  Treasury
Securities

 U.S. Agency
Securities

 Mortgage-backed
Securities


   Corporates 

December 31, 2010


  Fair Value

   Weighted
Average
Yield


 Fair Value

   Weighted
Average
Yield


 Fair Value

   Weighted
Average
Yield


 

December 31, 2013

  Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

  $252,942     0.93 $340,716     2.32 $110,205     4.82  $17,894     0.57

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   233,771     1.12    1,637,534     1.45    1,507,034     3.20     436,842     0.99  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   —       —      22,048     —      205,120     3.59     —       —    

Due after 10 years

   —       —      —       —      11,116     4.02     —       —    
  


  


 


  


 


  


  

 

   

 

 

Total

  $486,713     1.09 $2,000,298     1.49 $1,833,475     3.45  $454,736     0.97
  


  


 


  


 


  


  

 

   

 

 

   U.S. Treasury
Securities
  U.S. Agency
Securities
 

December 31, 2012

  Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
  Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

  $2,005     0.98 $252,983     1.03

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   96,026     0.89    773,132     0.87  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   19,820     1.67    —       —    

Due after 10 years

   —       —      —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $117,851     1.02 $1,026,115     0.91
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  State and Political
Subdivisions


 Corporates

     
  Mortgage-backed
Securities
 State and Political
Subdivisions
 

December 31, 2010


  Fair Value

   Weighted
Average
Yield


 Fair
Value


   Weighted
Average
Yield


 Total Fair
Value


   

December 31, 2012

  Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
 Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

  $189,271     3.77 $—       —   $893,134       $56,799     3.04 $217,581     2.96

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   725,317     3.92    30,286     1.16    4,133,942        3,325,225     2.11    826,808     2.84  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   318,147     4.50    —       —      545,315        171,013     1.89    692,953     3.23  

Due after 10 years

   29,540     4.17    —       —      40,656        3,156     3.34    155,342     3.25  
  


  


 


  


 


     

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total

  $1,262,275     4.05 $30,286     1.16 $5,613,047       $3,556,193     2.11 $1,892,684     3.03
  


  


 


  


 


     

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

   Corporates  Commercial Paper    

December 31, 2012

  Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
  Fair Value   Weighted
Average
Yield
  Total Fair
Value
 

Due in one year or less

  $37,723     1.06 $5,733     0.40 $572,824  

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   301,164     1.09    —       —      5,322,355  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   —       —      —       —      883,786  

Due after 10 years

   —       —      —       —      158,498  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $338,887     1.09 $5,733     0.40 $6,937,463  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Table 914

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2011


  Amortized
Cost


   Fair Value

   Weighted Average
Yield/Average Maturity


December 31, 2013

  Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value   Weighted Average
Yield/Average Maturity

Due in one year or less

  $256    $293    1.55%  $40    $44    2.84%

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   30,154     34,560    3.28%   31,387     34,640    2.46

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   17,562     20,128    4.38%   97,929     108,078    2.89

Due over 10 years

   41,274     47,306    3.46%   80,414     88,748    2.97
  


  


  
  

 

   

 

   

 

Total

  $89,246    $102,287    11 yr. 0 mo.  $209,770    $231,510    10 yr. 4 mo.
  


  


  
  

 

   

 

   

 

December 31, 2010


           

December 31, 2012

           

Due in one year or less

  $1,635    $1,769    5.42%  $1,751    $1,976    4.81%

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   13,809     14,935    5.55%   31,802     35,887    3.06

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   7,554     8,170    4.40%   28,084     31,691    3.21

Due over 10 years

   40,568     43,878    3.69%   53,119     59,941    3.14
  


  


  
  

 

   

 

   

 

Total

  $63,566    $68,752    11 yr. 9 mo.  $114,756    $129,495    10 yr. 8 mo.
  


  


  
  

 

   

 

   

 

FEDERAL BANK STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES(in thousands)

 

2013

  Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value 

Federal Reserve Bank stock

  $16,279    $16,279  

Other securities—marketable

   20     16,632  

Other securities—non-marketable

   17,139     17,571  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

  $33,438    $50,482  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012

        

Federal Reserve Bank stock

  $11,779    $11,779  

Other securities—non-marketable

   14,281     14,554  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

  $26,060    $26,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

35Other marketable and non-marketable securities include Prairie Capital Management alternative investments in hedge funds and private equity funds, which are accounted for as equity-method investments. The fair value of other marketable securities includes alternative investment securities of $16.6 million at December 31, 2013. The fair value of other non-marketable securities includes the alternative investment securities fair of $4.7 million at December 31, 2013 and $2.2 million at December 31, 2012.


Other Earning Assets

Federal funds transactions essentially are overnight loans between financial institutions, which allow for either the daily investment of excess funds or the daily borrowing of another institution’s funds in order to meet short-term liquidity needs. The net soldborrowed position was $13.1$1.0 million at December 31, 2011,2013, and $4.2the net sold position was $32.7 million at December 31, 2010.

2012.

The Company’s principal affiliate bankBank buys and sells federal funds as agent for non-affiliated banks. Because the transactions are pursuant to agency arrangements, these transactions do not appear on the balance sheet and averaged $408.9$270.1 million in 2011,2013 and $445.1$348.6 million in 2010.

2012.

At December 31, 2011,2013, the Company held securities bought under agreements to resell of $53.0$75.2 million compared to $230.9$57.2 million at year end 2010.2012. The Company used these instruments as short-term secured investments, in lieu of selling federal funds, or to acquire securities required for collateral purposes. These investments averaged $27.5$31.8 million in 20112013 and $33.3$22.0 million in 2010.

2012.

The Company also maintains an active securities trading inventory. The average holdings in the securities trading inventory in 20112013 were $51.9$56.0 million, compared to $41.5$53.2 million in 2010,2012, and were recorded at market value. As discussed in the “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Trading Account” in Part II, Item 7A on page 48,52, the Company offsets the trading account securities by the sale of exchange-traded financial futures contracts, with both the trading account and futures contracts marked to market daily.

Interest-bearing due from banks totaled $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2013 compared to $720.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and includes amounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank and from certificates of deposits held at other financial institutions. The amount due from the Federal Reserve Bank totaled $2.1 billion and $698.6 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amounts due from certificates of deposit totaled $30.5 million and $21.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Deposits and Borrowed Funds

Deposits represent the Company’s primary funding source for its asset base. In addition to the core deposits garnered by the Company’s retail branch structure, the Company continues to focus on its cash management services, as well as its asset management and mutual fund servicing segments in order to attract and retain additional core deposits. Deposits totaled $10.2$13.6 billion at December 31, 2011,2013, and $9.0$11.7 billion at year end 2010.2012. Deposits averaged $9.6$11.9 billion in 20112013 and $8.5$10.5 billion in 2010.2012. The Company continually strives to expand, improve and promote its cash management services in order to attract and retain commercial funding customers.

Noninterest–bearing demand deposits averaged $3.4$4.7 billion in 20112013 and $2.8$4.3 billion in 2010.2012. These deposits represented 35.639.5 percent of average deposits in 2011,2013, compared to 33.140.5 percent in 2010.2012. The Company’s large commercial customer base provides a significant source of noninterest–bearing deposits. Many of these commercial accounts do not earn interest; however, they receive an earnings credit to offset the cost of other services provided by the Company.

As previously announced, a single Asset Servicing client is expected to migrate its deposits to another institution. As of December 31, 2013, this client’s deposits totaling $1.5 billion remained on the balance sheet.

Table 1015

MATURITIES OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE(in thousands)

 

   December 31

 
   2011

   2010

 

Maturing within 3 months

  $462,992    $469,951  

After 3 months but within 6 months

   142,852     138,345  

After 6 months but within 12 months

   135,225     192,266  

After 12 months

   191,870     199,900  
   


  


Total

  $932,939    $1,000,462  
   


  


36


   December 31 
   2013   2012 

Maturing within 3 months

  $574,689    $364,449  

After 3 months but within 6 months

   103,730     99,700  

After 6 months but within 12 months

   104,883     122,514  

After 12 months

   174,548     155,402  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $957,850    $742,065  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Table 1116

ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE DEPOSITS(in thousands)

 

  2011

 2010

 2009

 2008

 2007

   2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 

Amount

         

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $3,414,843   $2,795,458   $2,372,456   $1,936,170   $1,780,098    $4,709,643   $4,256,618   $3,414,843   $2,795,458   $2,372,456  

Interest-bearing demand and savings

   4,731,300    4,059,615    3,631,486    3,162,015    2,649,849     6,073,516    5,021,526    4,731,300    4,059,615    3,631,486  

Time deposits under $100,000

   661,957    728,804    782,469    833,033    796,528     527,281    577,656    661,957    728,804    782,469  
  


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total core deposits

   8,808,100    7,583,877    6,786,411    5,931,218    5,226,475     11,310,440    9,855,800    8,808,100    7,583,877    6,786,411  

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

   785,537    868,089    797,614    601,052    489,727     619,878    665,858    785,537    868,089    797,614  
  


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total deposits

  $9,593,637   $8,451,966   $7,584,025   $6,532,270   $5,716,202    $11,930,318   $10,521,658   $9,593,637   $8,451,966   $7,584,025  
  


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

As a % of total deposits

         

Noninterest-bearing demand

   35.59  33.07  31.28  29.64  31.14   39.48  40.46  35.59  33.07  31.28

Interest-bearing demand and savings

   49.32    48.03    47.88    48.41    46.36     50.90    47.72    49.32    48.03    47.88  

Time deposits under $100,000

   6.90    8.63    10.32    12.75    13.93     4.42    5.49    6.90    8.63    10.32  
  


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total core deposits

   91.81    89.73    89.48    90.80    91.43     94.80    93.67    91.81    89.73    89.48  

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

   8.19    10.27    10.52    9.20    8.57     5.20    6.33    8.19    10.27    10.52  
  


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total deposits

   100.00  100.00  100.00  100.00  100.00   100.00  100.00  100.00  100.00  100.00
  


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Repurchase agreements are transactions involving the exchange of investment funds by the customer for securities by the Company, under an agreement to repurchase the same issues at an agreed-upon price and date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased totaled $2.0$1.6 billion at December 31, 2011,2013, and $2.1$1.8 billion at December 31, 2010.2012. These agreements averaged $1.5$1.6 billion and $1.4 billion in 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. The Company enters into these transactions with its downstream correspondent banks, commercial customers, and various trust, mutual fund and local government relationships.

Table 1217

SHORT-TERM DEBT(in thousands)

 

   2011

  2010

 
   Amount

   Rate

  Amount

   Rate

 

At December 31:

                   

Federal funds purchased

  $2,796     0.02 $16,274     0.05

Repurchase agreements

   1,948,031     0.11    2,068,068     0.27  

Other

   12,000     1.10    35,220     0.00  
   


  


 


  


Total

  $1,962,827     0.12 $2,119,562     0.26
   


  


 


  


Average for year:

                   

Federal funds purchased

  $32,804     0.05 $37,203     0.09

Repurchase agreements

   1,438,207     0.12    1,372,146     0.14  

Other

   25,296     0.12    23,172     0.00  
   


  


 


  


Total

  $1,496,307     0.12 $1,432,521     0.14
   


  


 


  


Maximum month-end balance:

                   

Federal funds purchased

  $46,208        $57,362       

Repurchase agreements

   1,948,031         2,068,068       

Other

   26,798         29,670       

37


   2013  2012 
   Amount   Rate  Amount   Rate 

At December 31:

       

Federal funds purchased

  $12,834     0.04 $—       —  

Repurchase agreements

   1,570,384     0.19    1,787,270     0.33  

Other

   107     5.89    —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,583,325     0.19 $1,787,270     0.33
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average for year:

       

Federal funds purchased

  $56,934     0.08 $35,589     0.06

Repurchase agreements

   1,556,650     0.11    1,374,888     0.14  

Other

   224     5.36    5,656     1.17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,613,808     0.11 $1,416,133     0.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maximum month-end balance:

       

Federal funds purchased

  $109,466     $65,343    

Repurchase agreements

   2,048,513      1,787,270    

Other

   —        —      

The Company hashad two fixed-rate advances at December 31, 2011,2013, from the Federal Home Loan Banks each at ratesrate of 0.35 percent and 5.89 percent. These advances, collateralized by the Company’s securities, are used to offset interest rate risk of longer-term fixed-rate loans.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

The Company places a significant emphasis on the maintenance of a strong capital position, which promotes investor confidence, provides access to funding sources under favorable terms, and enhances the Company’s ability to capitalize on business growth and acquisition opportunities. The Company is not aware of any trends, demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that would materially change its capital position or affect its liquidity in the foreseeable future. As previously announced, a single Asset Servicing client is expected to migrate its deposits to another institution. As of December 31, 2013, this client’s deposits totaling $1.5 billion remained on the balance sheet. Capital is managed for each subsidiary based upon its respective risks and growth opportunities as well as regulatory requirements.

Total shareholders’ equity was $1.2$1.5 billion at December 31, 2011,2013, compared to $1.1$1.3 billion one year earlier. On September 16, 2013, the Company completed the issuance of 3.9 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of $201.2 million to be used for strategic growth purposes. On October 17, 2013, an additional 585 thousand shares were issued with net proceeds of $30.2 million as a result of the underwriter’s exercising the overallotment of shares. The total increase in shareholder’s equity as a result of the common stock issuance was $231.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2013. During each year, management has the opportunity to repurchase shares of the Company’s stock if it concludes that the repurchases would enhance overall shareholder value. During 20112013 and 2010,2012, the Company acquired 238,83466,462 shares and 235,433472,956 shares of its common stock, respectively.

Risk-based capital guidelines established by regulatory agencies establish minimum capital standards based on the level of risk associated with a financial institution’s assets. A financial institution’s total capital is required to equal at least 8% of risk-weighted assets. At least half of that 8% must consist of Tiertier 1 core capital, and the remainder may be Tiertier 2 supplementary capital. The risk-based capital guidelines indicate the specific risk weightings by type of asset. Certain off-balance-sheet items (such as standby letters of credit and binding loan commitments) are multiplied by credit conversion factors to translate them into balance sheet equivalents before assigning them specific risk weightings. Due to the Company’s high level of core capital and substantial portion of earning assets invested in government securities, the Tiertier 1 capital ratio of 11.2013.61 percent and total capital ratio of 12.2014.43 percent substantially exceed the regulatory minimums.

In July 2013 the Federal Reserve approved a final rule to implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule increases minimum requirements for both the quantity and quality of capital held by banking organizations. The rule includes a new minimum ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5% and a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The final rule also adjusted the methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity. Beginning January 1, 2015, the Company must be compliant with revised minimum regulatory capital ratios and will begin the transitional period for definitions of regulatory capital and regulatory capital adjustments and deductions established under the final rule. Compliance with the risk-weighted asset calculations will be required on January 1, 2015. The Company believes its current capital ratios are higher than those required in the final rule.

For further discussion of capital and liquidity, see the “Liquidity Risk” section of Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk on page 5054 of this report.

38


Table 1318

RISK-BASED CAPITAL(in thousands)

This table computes risk-based capital in accordance with current regulatory guidelines. These guidelines as of December 31, 2011,2013, excluded net unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale from the computation of regulatory capital and the related risk-based capital ratios.

 

 Risk-Weighted Category

   Risk-Weighted Category 
 0%

 20%

   50%

 100%

   Total

   0% 20%   50% 100%   Total 

Risk-Weighted Assets

               

Loans held for sale

 $—     $908    $9,200   $107    $10,215    $—     $—      $1,357   $—      $1,357  

Loans and leases

  —      56,140     195,535    4,708,668     4,960,343     —      43,742     332,465    6,144,305     6,520,512  

Securities available for sale

  1,607,524    4,231,657     41,106    99,620     5,979,907     1,542,118    4,778,148     37,171    457,275     6,814,712  

Securities held to maturity

  —      89,246     —      —       89,246     —      209,770     —      —       209,770  

Federal funds and resell agreements

  —      66,078     —      —       66,078     —      87,018     —      —       87,018  

Trading securities

  400    31,213     7,252    19,277     58,142     400    516     3,072    24,476     28,464  

Cash and due from banks

  1,079,940    530,647     —      —       1,610,587     2,156,047    458,421     —      —       2,614,468  

All other assets

  14,273    —       —      401,206     415,479     16,279    —       —      480,981     497,260  
 


 


  


 


  


  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Category totals

  2,702,137    5,005,889     253,093    5,228,878     13,189,997     3,714,844    5,577,615     374,065    7,107,037     16,773,561  
 


 


  


 


  


  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Risk-weighted totals

  —      1,001,178     126,547    5,228,878     6,356,603     —      1,115,523     187,033    7,107,037     8,409,593  

Off-balance-sheet items (risk-weighted)

  —      4     623    993,491     994,118     —      3,148     1,107    1,028,166     1,032,421  
 


 


  


 


  


  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets

 $—     $1,001,182    $127,170   $6,222,369    $7,350,721    $—     $1,118,671    $188,140   $8,135,203    $9,442,014  
 


 


  


 


  


  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 
 Tier1

 Tier2

   Total

         Tier1 Tier2   Total       

Regulatory Capital

               

Shareholders’ equity

 $1,191,132   $—      $1,191,132        $1,506,065   $—      $1,506,065     

Accumulated other comprehensive gains

  (81,099  —       (81,099       32,641    —       32,641     

Goodwill and intangibles

  (286,848  —       (286,848    

Allowance for loan losses

  —      73,737     73,737      

Premium on purchased banks

   (251,650  —       (251,650   

Disallowed servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships

   (1,956  —       (1,956   

Allowance for loan losses (1)

   —      76,915     76,915     
 


 


  


      

 

  

 

   

 

    

Total capital

 $823,185   $73,737    $896,922        $1,285,100   $76,915    $1,362,015     
 


 


  


      

 

  

 

   

 

    
       Company

               Company       

Capital ratios

               

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

    11.20          13.61   

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

    12.20          14.43   

Leverage ratio (Tier 1 to total average assets less goodwill and intangibles)

    6.71          8.41   
   


         

 

    

 

(1)Amount is inclusive of a reserve for off-balance sheet arrangements.

For further discussion of regulatory capital requirements, see Note 10, “Regulatory Requirements” withwithin the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 on pages 7682 and 77.83.

Commitments, Contractual Obligations and Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company’s main off-balance sheet arrangements are loan commitments, commercial and standby letters of credit, futures contracts and forward exchange contracts, which have maturity dates rather than payment

due dates. These commitments and contingent liabilities are not required to be recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and lending and financing arrangements may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements. See Table 1419 below, as well as Note 15,14, “Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” in the Notes to Consolidated

39


Financial Statements under Item 8 on pages 8489 through 8691 for detailed information and further discussion of these arrangements. Management does not anticipate any material losses from its off-balance sheet arrangements.

Table 1419

COMMITMENTS, CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS(in thousands)

The table below details the contractual obligations for the Company as of December 31, 2011.2013. The Company has no capital leases or long-term purchase obligations. Includes principal payments only.

 

   Payments due by Period

 
   Total

   Less than 1
year


   1-3 years

   3-5 years

   More than
5 years


 

Contractual Obligations

                         

Fed funds purchased and repurchase agreements

  $1,950,827    $1,950,827    $—      $—      $—    

Short-term debt obligations

   12,000     12,000     —       —       —    

Long-term debt obligations

   6,529     1,600     2,906     1,552     471  

Operating lease obligations

   70,553     8,023     14,854     12,817     34,859  

Time open and C.D.’s

   1,548,414     1,198,096     289,909     60,394     15  
   


  


  


  


  


Total

  $3,588,323    $3,170,546    $307,669    $74,763    $35,345  
   


  


  


  


  


   Payments due by Period 
    Total   Less than 1
year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   More
than 5
years
 

Contractual Obligations

          

Fed funds purchased and repurchase agreements

  $1,583,218    $1,583,218    $—      $—      $—    

Short-term debt obligations

   107     107     —       —       —    

Long-term debt obligations

   5,055     1,396     2,030     814     815  

Operating lease obligations

   62,250     7,986     13,696     12,153     28,415  

Time open and C.D.’s

   1,449,642     1,154,844     214,553     76,268     3,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $3,100,272    $2,747,551    $230,279    $89,235    $33,207  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, our2013, the Company’s total liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits were $4.1$5.0 million. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the timing of the future payments of these liabilities. Therefore, these liabilities have been excluded from the table above. See Note 1716 to the consolidated financial statements for information regarding the liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

The table below (a continuation of Table 1419 above) details the commitments, contingencies and guarantees for the Company as of December 31, 2011.2013.

 

  Maturities due by Period

  Maturities due by Period 
  Total

   Less than 1
year


   1-3 years

   3-5 years

   More than
5 years


  Total Less than 1
year
 1-3 years 3-5 years More than
5 years
 

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

                    

Commitments to extend credit for loans (excluding credit card loans)

  $2,202,838    $348,926    $364,365    $851,422    $638,125   $2,690,268   $387,123   $873,684   $695,836   $733,625  

Commitments to extend credit under credit card loans

   2,059,193     2,059,193     —       —       —      2,215,278    2,215,278    —      —      —    

Commercial letters of credit

   19,564     19,564     —       —       —      5,949    5,949    —      —      —    

Standby letters of credit

   320,119     207,436     86,993     25,690     —      356,054    240,251    91,102    24,476    225  

Futures contracts

   30,600     30,600     —       —       —      —      —      —      —      —    

Forward foreign exchange contracts

   119,200     119,200     —       —       —    

Forward contracts

  21,525    21,525    —      —      —    

Spot foreign exchange contracts

   3,040     3,040     —       —       —      8,001    8,001    —      —      —    
  


  


  


  


  


 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  $4,754,554    $2,787,959    $451,358    $877,112    $638,125   $5,297,075   $2,878,127   $964,786   $720,312   $733,850  
  


  


  


  


  


 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of financial condition and results of operations discusses the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and

40


the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to customers and suppliers, allowance for loan losses, bad debts, investments, financing operations, long-lived assets, taxes, other contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which have formed the basis for making such judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Under different assumptions or conditions, actual results may differ from the recorded estimates.

Management believes that the Company’s critical accounting policies are those relating to: the allowance for loan losses, goodwill and other intangibles, revenue recognition, accounting for stock-based compensation, accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, and fair value measurements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company’s allowance for loan losses represents management’s judgment of the loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is maintained and computed for each bank at a level that such individual bank management considers adequate. The allowance is reviewed quarterly, considering both quantitative and qualitative factors such as historical trends, internal ratings, migration analysis, current economic conditions, loan growth and individual impairment testing.

Larger commercial loans are individually reviewed for potential impairment. For these loans, if management deems it probable that the borrower cannot meet its contractual obligations with respect to payment or timing such loans are deemed to be impaired under current accounting standards. Such loans are then reviewed for potential impairment based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of cash flows, collateral and other legal options. Any allowance related to the impairment of an individually impaired loan is based on the present value of discounted expected future cash flows, the fair value of the underlying collateral, or the fair value of the loan. Based on this analysis, some loans that are classified as impaired do not have a specific allowance as the discounted expected future cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral exceeds the Company’s basis in the impaired loan.

The Company also maintains an internal risk grading system for other loans not subject to individual impairment. An estimate of the inherent loan losses on such risk-graded loans is based on a migration analysis which computes the net charge-off experience related to each risk category.

An estimate of inherent losses is computed on remaining loans based on the type of loan. Each type of loan is segregated into a pool based on the nature of such loans. This includes remaining commercial loans that have a low risk grade, as well as other homogenous loans. Homogenous loans include automobile loans, credit card loans and other consumer loans. Allowances are established for each pool based on the loan type using historical loss rates, certain statistical measures and loan growth.

An estimate of the total inherent loss is based on the above three computations. From this an adjustment can be made based on other factors management considers to be important in evaluating the probable losses in the portfolio such as general economic conditions, loan trends, risk management and loan administration and changes in internal policies. For more information on loan portfolio segments and ALL methodology refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually for impairment. Goodwill impairment tests are performed on an annual basis or whenand more frequently whenever events or circumstances dictate. In these tests,changes in circumstance indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the Company changed its goodwill testing date from November 30 to October 1. The selection of October 1 as the annual testing date is preferable as the Company will have more time and greater availability of accounting resources because the new testing date is two months earlier relative to the fiscal year-end close and reporting process. As a result of the change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date, the Company completed a test as of October 1, 2012 and no more than 12 months elapsed between annual tests. The change in accounting principle related to changing the annual goodwill impairment testing date did not accelerate, delay, or cause an impairment charge. Due to the significant judgments and estimates that are utilized in the goodwill impairment test, the Company determined it was impracticable to objectively determine, without the use of hindsight, the assumptions that would have been used as of each October 1 for periods before October 1, 2012. As such, the Company prospectively applied the change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date from October 1, 2012.

To test goodwill for impairment, the Company performs a qualitative assessment of each reporting unit. If the Company determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test is not required. IfOtherwise, the Company compares the fair value of theits reporting unit is not more likely than not greater than theunits to their carrying amount, the fair value is

41


compared to the carrying amount of each reporting unitamounts to determine if an impairment is indicated. If an impairment is indicated, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount and theamount. An impairment loss is measured byas the excess of the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value. As a result of such impairment tests, the Company has not recognized an impairment charge.

For customer-based identifiable intangibles, the Company amortizes the intangibles over their estimated useful lives of up to seventeen years. When facts and circumstances indicate potential impairment of amortizing intangible assets, the Company evaluates the fair value of the asset and compares it to the carrying value for possible impairment.

For more information see “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” in Note 7 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue recognition includes the recording of interest on loans and securities and is recognized based on a rate multiplied by the principal amount outstanding and also includes the impact of the amortization of related premiums and discounts. Interest accrual is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, the likelihood of collection becomes doubtful, or the loan is past due for a period of ninety days or more unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. Other noninterest income is recognized as services are performed or revenue-generating transactions are executed.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The amount of compensation recognized is based primarily on the value of the awards on the grant date. To value stock options, the Company uses the Black-Scholes model, which requires the input of several variables. The expected option life is derived from historical exercise patterns and represents the amount of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility is based on a combination of historical and implied volatilities of the Company’s stock. The interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The fair value of the stock on the grant date is used to value awards of restricted stock. Forfeitures are estimated at the grant date and reduce the expense recognized. The forfeiture rate is adjusted annually based on experience. The value of the awards, adjusted for forfeitures, is amortized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period. Management of the Company believes that it is probable that all current performance-based awards will achieve the performance target. Please see the discussion of the “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” under Note 1 and Note 11 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 on pages 5766 and 78.84.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in both the U.S. federal and various states jurisdictions. The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in these jurisdictions. The Company records the financial statement effects of an income tax position when it is more likely than not based onthat the technical merits, that itposition will be sustained on the basis of technical merits. We recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon examination.ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The estimate formeasurement of any uncertainunrecognized tax issuebenefit is based on management’s best judgment. These estimatesliabilities may change as a result of changes in tax laws and regulations, interpretations of law by taxing authorities, and income tax examinations among other factors. Due to the complexity of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may differ from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined. See the discussion of “Liabilities Associated with Unrecognized Tax Benefits” under Note 1716 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is measured in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value include the market approach, income approach and cost approach. The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market

42


transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves discounting future amounts to a single present amount and is based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset.

U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are available at the measurement date.

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability for which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs reflect assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability. The inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the Company’s own financial data such as internally developed pricing models and discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the fair value determination requires significant management judgment.

The Company’s fair value measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available, and the most significant of which include available-for-sale, trading securities, and contingent consideration measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Fair value pricing information obtained from third party data providers and pricing services for investment securities are reviewed for appropriateness on a periodic basis. The third party service providers are also

analyzed to understand and evaluate the valuation methodologies utilized. This review includes an analysis of current market prices compared to pricing provided by the third party pricing service to assess the relative accuracy of the data provided.

43


The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the average earning assets and resulting yields, as well as the average interest-bearing liabilities and resulting yields, expressed in both dollars and rates.

FIVE YEAR AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS/YIELDS AND RATES(tax-equivalent basis) (in millions)

  2011

  2010

 
  Average
Balance


  Interest
Income/
Expense (1)


  Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)


  Average
Balance


  Interest
Income/
Expense (1)


  Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)


 

ASSETS

                        

Loans, net of unearned interest (FTE) (2) (3)

 $4,756.2   $219.4    4.61 $4,490.6   $222.1    4.95

Securities:

                        

Taxable

  4,224.5    85.1    2.01    3,964.7    90.4    2.28  

Tax-exempt (FTE)

  1,497.8    53.0    3.54    1,067.7    45.7    4.28  
  


 


 


 


 


 


Total securities

  5,722.3    138.1    2.41    5,032.4    136.1    2.71  

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

  31.3    0.1    0.32    44.4    0.2    0.36  

Interest-bearing

  837.8    3.3    0.39    593.5    3.9    0.66  

Other earning assets (FTE)

  51.9    1.4    2.64    41.4    0.8    1.91  
  


 


 


 


 


 


Total earning assets (FTE)

  11,399.5    362.3    3.18    10,202.3    363.1    3.56  

Allowance for loan losses

  (73.0          (69.1        

Cash and due from banks

  396.9            388.9          

Other assets

  693.9            586.1          
  


         


        

Total assets

 $12,417.3           $11,108.2          
  


         


        

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                        

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 $4,731.3   $8.0    0.17 $4,059.6   $10.1    0.25

Time deposits under $100,000

  662.0    7.8    1.18    728.8    11.8    1.62  

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

  785.5    8.8    1.12    868.1    11.5    1.32  
  


 


 


 


 


 


Total interest bearing deposits

  6,178.8    24.6    0.40    5,656.5    33.4    0.59  

Short-term debt

  25.3    0.2    0.79    23.2    —      0.00  

Long-term debt

  11.3    0.2    1.77    19.1    0.4    0.03  

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

  1,471.0    1.7    0.12    1,409.3    2.0    0.14  
  


 


 


 


 


 


Total interest bearing liabilities

  7,686.4    26.7    0.35    7,108.1    35.8    0.50  

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

  3,414.8            2,795.5          

Other

  177.4            137.7          
  


         


        

Total

  11,278.6            10,041.3          
  


         


        

Total shareholders’ equity

  1,138.7            1,066.9          
  


         


        

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 $12,417.3           $11,108.2          
  


         


        

Net interest income (FTE)

     $335.6           $327.3      

Net interest spread

          2.83          3.06

Net interest margin

          2.94          3.21
          


         



(1)Interest income and yields are stated on a fully tax-equivalent (FTE) basis, using a rate of 35%. The tax-equivalent interest income and yields give effect to disallowance of interest expense, for federal income tax purposes related to certain tax-free assets. Rates earned/paid may not compute to the rates shown due to presentation in millions. The tax-equivalent interest income totaled $18.6 million $16.6 million, $16.7 million, $13.9 million, and $12.2 million in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
(2)Loan fees are included in interest income. Such fees totaled $11.6 million $13.0 million, $13.8 million, $13.2 million, and $10.3 million in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
(3)Loans on non-accrual are included in the computation of average balances. Interest income on these loans is also included in loan income.

44


FIVE YEAR AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS/YIELDS AND RATES(in millions) (continued)

2009

  2008

  2007

    
Average
Balance


  Interest
Income/
Expense (1)


  Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)


  Average
Balance


  Interest
Income/
Expense (1)


  Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)


  Average
Balance


  Interest
Income/
Expense (1)


  Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)


  Average
Balance
Five-Year
Compound
Growth Rate


 
$4,383.6   $215.6    4.92 $4,193.9   $242.0    5.77 $3,901.9   $270.8    6.94  5.85
 3,432.4    106.5    3.10    2,616.5    110.4    4.22    2,062.0    97.6    4.73    15.45  
 916.3    45.7    4.98    764.1    39.8    5.20    725.8    37.1    5.12    17.03  



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 4,348.7    152.2    3.50    3,380.6    150.2    4.44    2,787.8    134.7    4.83    15.85  
 54.1    0.3    0.49    321.8    7.8    2.42    360.2    18.7    5.18    (39.25
 492.9    4.1    0.83    66.8    0.4    0.68    —      —      —      100.00  
 33.5    0.8    2.39    40.6    1.5    3.69    58.9    2.4    4.03    (1.71



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 9,312.8    373.0    4.00    8,003.7    401.9    5.02    7,108.8    426.6    6.00    11.03  
 (57.3          (49.5          (45.6          11.58  
 345.2            487.6            481.1            (2.98
 510.0            456.2            452.0            11.26  



         


         


         


$10,110.7           $8,897.9           $7,996.3            10.37



         


         


         


$3,631.4   $16.1    0.45 $3,162.0   $37.8    1.20 $2,649.9   $60.7    2.29  14.02
 782.5    18.4    2.35    833.0    30.7    3.69    796.5    35.9    4.51    (3.32
 797.6    15.4    1.93    601.1    21.2    3.53    489.7    23.6    4.82    13.90  



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 5,211.5    49.9    0.96    4,596.1    89.7    1.95    3,936.1    120.2    3.05    11.11  
 19.8    —      1.28    17.4    0.6    1.28    12.9    0.6    4.59    13.39  
 32.1    1.3    4.53    36.3    1.7    4.53    36.9    1.7    4.53    (21.33
 1,351.2    2.0    0.15    1,288.9    21.3    1.65    1,272.7    59.3    4.66    5.07  



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 6,614.6    53.2    0.80    5,938.7    113.3    1.90    5,258.6    181.8    3.46    9.66  
 2,372.5            1,936.2            1,780.1            13.16  
 117.0            89.9            83.5            27.92  



         


         


         


 9,104.1            7,964.8            7,122.2            10.85  



         


         


         


 1,006.6            933.1            874.1            6.20  



         


         


         


$10,110.7           $8,897.9           $7,996.3            10.37



         


         


         


    $319.7           $288.6           $244.8          
         3.20          3.12          2.54    
         3.43          3.60          3.44    
        


         


         


    

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Risk Management

Market risk is a broad term for the risk of economic loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of a financial instrument. These changes may be the result of various factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange prices, commodity prices or equity prices. Financial instruments that are subject to market risk can be classified either as held for trading or held for purposes other than trading.

The Company is subject to market risk primarily through the effect of changes in interest rates of its assets held for purposes other than trading. The following discussion of interest risk, however, combines instruments held for trading and instruments held for purposes other than trading because the instruments held for trading represent such a small portion of the Company’s portfolio that the interest rate risk associated with them is immaterial.

45


Interest Rate Risk

In the banking industry, a major risk exposure is changing interest rates. To minimize the effect of interest rate changes to net interest income and exposure levels to economic losses, the Company manages its exposure to changes in interest rates through asset and liability management within guidelines established by its Funds Management Committee (FMC) and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The FMC is responsible for approving and ensuring compliance with asset/liability management policies, including interest rate exposure. The Company’s primary method for measuring and analyzing consolidated interest rate risk is the Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis. The Company also uses a Net Portfolio Value model to measure market value risk under various rate change scenarios and a gap analysis to measure maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time. The Company does not use hedges or swaps to manage interest rate risk except for limited use of futures contracts to offset interest rate risk on certain securities held in its trading portfolio.

portfolio and one fair value hedge as disclosed in Note 17“Derivatives” to Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Overall, the Company attempts to manage interest rate risk by positioning the balance sheet to maximize net interest income while maintaining an acceptable level of interest rate and credit risk, remaining mindful of the relationship among profitability, liquidity, interest rate risk and credit risk.

Net Interest Income Modeling

The Company’s primary interest rate risk tool, the Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis, measures interest rate risk and the effect of interest rate changes on net interest income and net interest margin. This analysis incorporates all of the Company’s assets and liabilities together with forecasted changes in the balance sheet and assumptions that reflect the current interest rate environment. Through these simulations, management estimates the impact on net interest income of a 300 basis point upward or a 100 basis point downward gradual change (e.g. ramp) of market interest rates over a one year period. Assumptions are made to project rates for new loans and deposits based on historical analysis, management outlook and repricing strategies. Asset prepayments and other market risks are developed from industry estimates of prepayment speeds and other market changes. The results of these simulations can be significantly influenced by assumptions utilized and management evaluates the sensitivity of the simulation results on a regular basis.

Table 1520 shows the expected net interest income increase or decrease over the next twelve months as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010.

2012.

Table 1520

MARKET RISK(in thousands)

 

   Net Interest Income

 

Rate Change in Basis Points


  December 31, 2011
Amount of
Change


   December 31, 2010
Amount of
Change


 

300

  $20,555    $6,413  

200

   12,176     4,174  

100

   6,679     1,873  

Static

   —       —    

(100)

   N/A     N/A  

   Net Interest Income 

Rate Change in Basis Points

  December 31, 2013
Amount of
Change
   December 31, 2012
Amount of
Change
 

300

  $11,794    $20,471  

200

   8,030     13,576  

100

   4,025     6,501  

Static

   —       —    

(100)

   N/A     N/A  

The Company is sensitivepositioned close to neutral with respect to interest rate changes and slightly positive in rising rate environments at December 31, 2011, to2013. Large increases in rates. Increases in interest rates are projected to cause increases in net interest income.income with smaller changes having little impact. Due to the already low interest rate environment theinterest rates on liabilities are so low that there is little room for further rate reductions. The Company did not include a 100 basis point falling scenario. There is little room for projected yields on liabilities to decrease. For projected increases in rates, net interest income is projected to increase due to the Company being positioned to adjust yields on assets with changes in market rates more than the cost of paying liabilities is projected to increase. Nevertheless, the Company is positioned in the current low rate environment to be

46


relatively neutral to further interest rate changes over the next twelve months. If rates remain flat the Company will be exposed to the risk of asset yields continuing to decrease while deposit costs remain relatively flat.

Repricing Mismatch Analysis

The Company also evaluates its interest rate sensitivity position in an attempt to maintain a balance between the amount of interest-bearing assets and interest-bearing liabilities which are expected to mature or reprice at any point in time. While a traditional repricing mismatch analysis (gap analysis) provides a snapshot of interest rate risk, it does not take into consideration that assets and liabilities with similar repricing characteristics may not, in fact, reprice at the same time or the same degree. Also, it does not necessarily predict the impact of changes in general levels of interest rates on net interest income.

Management attempts to structure the balance sheet to provide for the repricing of approximately equal amounts of assets and liabilities within specific time intervals. Table 1621 is a static gap analysis, which presents the Company’s assets and liabilities, based on their repricing or maturity characteristics.characteristics and reflecting principal amortization. Table 1722 presents the break-out of fixed and variable rate loans by repricing or maturity characteristics for each loan class.

Table 1621

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS(in millions)

 

December 31, 2011


 1-90
Days

 91-180
Days


 181-365
Days


 Total

 1-5
Years

 Over 5
Years


 Total

 

December 31, 2013

 1-90
Days
 91-180
Days
 181-365
Days
 Total 1-5
Years
 Over 5
Years
 Total 

Earning assets

        

Loans

 $2,951.0   $309.9   $370.8   $3,631.7   $1,225.4   $113.5   $4,970.6   $3,554.5   $283.5   $475.3   $4,313.3   $1,978.7   $229.9   $6,521.9  

Securities

  459.4    366.3    643.4    1,469.1    3,725.9    1,024.3    6,219.3    655.7    249.9    460.5    1,366.1    3,803.0    1,853.6    7,022.7  

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

  66.1    —      —      66.1    —      —      66.1    87.0    —      —      87.0    —      —      87.0  

Other

  1,123.2    60.8    22.0    1,206.0    16.1    —      1,222.1    2,100.9    1.2    2.2    2,104.3    17.5    0.1    2,121.9  
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total earning assets

 $4,599.7   $737.0   $1,036.2   $6,372.9   $4,967.4   $1,137.8   $12,478.1   $6,398.1   $534.6   $938.0   $7,870.7   $5,799.2   $2,083.6   $15,753.5  
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

% of total earning assets

  36.9  5.9  8.3  51.1  39.8  9.1  100.0  40.6  3.4  6.0  50.0  36.8  13.2  100.0
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Funding sources

        

Interest-bearing demand and savings

 $775.5   $591.2   $1,182.4   $2,549.1   $174.0   $1,957.0   $4,680.1   $1,365.4   $1,024.0   $2,048.0   $4,437.4   $209.3   $2,354.4   $7,001.1  

Time deposits

  631.3    283.2    283.5    1,198.0    340.3    10.1    1,548.4    706.6    214.3    233.9    1,154.8    290.8    4.0    1,449.6  

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

  1,950.8    —      —      1,950.8    —      —      1,950.8    1,583.2    —      —      1,583.2    —      —      1,583.2  

Borrowed funds

  18.5    —      —      18.5    —      —      18.5    5.2    —      —      5.2    —      —      5.2  

Noninterest-bearing sources

  2,378.7    58.9    106.2    2,543.8    595.3    1,141.2    4,280.3    3,322.8    75.0    137.3    3,535.1    782.8    1,396.5    5,714.4  
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total funding sources

 $5,754.8   $933.3   $1,572.1   $8,260.2   $1,109.6   $3,108.3   $12,478.1   $6,983.2   $1,313.3   $2,419.2   $10,715.7   $1,282.9   $3,754.9   $15,753.5  
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

% of total earning assets

  46.1  7.5  12.6  66.2  8.9  24.9  100.0  44.3  8.3  15.5  68.1  8.1  23.8  100.0

Interest sensitivity gap

 $(1,155.1 $(196.3 $(535.9 $(1,887.3 $3,857.8   $(1,970.5  $(585.1 $(778.7 $(1,481.2 $(2,845.0 $4,516.3   $(1,671.3 

Cumulative gap

  (1,155.1  (1,351.4  (1,887.3  (1,887.3  1,970.5    —       (585.1  (1,363.8  (2,845.0  (2,845.0  1,671.3    —     

As a % of total earning assets

  (9.2)%   (10.8  (15.1  (15.1  15.8    —       (3.7)%   (8.6  (18.1  (18.1  10.6    —     

Ratio of earning assets to funding sources

  0.80    0.79    0.66    0.77    4.48    0.37     0.92    0.41    0.39    0.73    4.52    0.55   
 


 


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cumulative ratio of Earning Assets 2011

  0.80    0.80    0.77    0.77    1.21    1.00   

to Funding Sources 2010

  0.84    0.84    0.82    0.82    1.26    1.00   

Cumulative ratio of Earning Assets 2013

  0.92    0.84    0.73    0.73    1.14    1.00   

to Funding Sources 2012

  0.77    0.76    0.73    0.73    1.15    1.00   
 


 


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

47


Table 1722

Maturities and Sensitivities to Changes in Interest Rates

This table details loan maturities by variable and fixed rates as of December 31, 20112013 (in thousands):

 

   Due in one
year or less


   Due after one year
through five years


   Due after
five years


   Total

 

Variable Rate

                    

Commercial

  $1,546,087    $21,972    $390    $1,568,449  

Commercial – Credit Card

   95,339     —       —       95,339  

Real Estate – Construction

   35,404     492     —       35,896  

Real Estate – Commercial

   299,514     102,279     7     401,800  

Real Estate – Residential

   43,850     32,140     2,630     78,620  

Real Estate – HELOC

   2,587     —       —       2,587  

Consumer – Credit Card

   333,646     —       —       333,646  

Consumer – Other

   16,571     17     350     16,938  

Leases

   3,834     —       —       3,834  
   


  


  


  


Total variable rate loans

   2,376,832     156,900     3,377     2,537,109  

Fixed Rate

                    

Commercial

  $290,122    $347,512    $28,734    $666,368  

Commercial – Credit Card

   —       —       —       —    

Real Estate – Construction

   17,721     20,789     10,184     48,694  

Real Estate – Commercial

   380,721     547,921     64,113     992,755  

Real Estate – Residential

   50,427     61,137     5,917     117,481  

Real Estate – HELOC

   451,992     77,335     1,117     530,444  

Consumer – Credit Card

   —       —       —       —    

Consumer – Other

   63,880     13,772     55     77,707  

Leases

   —       —       —       —    
   


  


  


  


Total fixed rate loans

   1,254,863     1,068,466     110,120     2,433,449  
   


  


  


  


Total loans and loans held for sale

  $3,631,695    $1,225,366    $113,497    $4,970,558  
   


  


  


  


   Due in one
year or less
   Due after one year
through five years
   Due after
five years
   Total 

Variable Rate

        

Commercial

  $2,165,580    $17,434    $—      $2,183,014  

Commercial – Credit Card

   103,270     —       —       103,270  

Real Estate – Construction

   86,075     8,454     —       94,529  

Real Estate – Commercial

   299,015     122,867     1,464     423,346  

Real Estate – Residential

   26,046     48,631     12,479     87,156  

Real Estate – HELOC

   10,069     —       —       10,069  

Consumer – Credit Card

   318,117     219     —       318,336  

Consumer – Other

   28,526     1,062     —       29,588  

Leases

   23,981     —       —       23,981  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total variable rate loans

   3,060,679     198,667     13,943     3,273,289  

Fixed Rate

        

Commercial

   392,537     684,963     40,989     1,118,489  

Commercial – Credit Card

   —       —       —       —    

Real Estate – Construction

   25,299     26,384     6,663     58,346  

Real Estate – Commercial

   389,349     787,175     102,281     1,278,805  

Real Estate – Residential

   45,886     92,243     65,428     203,557  

Real Estate – HELOC

   383,915     172,090     54     556,059  

Consumer – Credit Card

   —       —       —       —    

Consumer – Other

   15,621     17,201     502     33,324  

Leases

   —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed rate loans

   1,252,607     1,780,056     215,917     3,248,580  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and loans held for sale

  $4,313,286    $1,978,723    $229,860    $6,521,869  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading Account

The Company’s subsidiary, UMB Bank, n.a. carries taxable governmental securities in a trading account that is maintained according to Board-approved policy and procedures. The policy limits the amount and type of securities that can be carried in the trading account and requires compliance with any limits under applicable law and regulations, and mandates the use of a value-at-risk methodology to manage price volatility risks within financial parameters. The risk associated with the carrying of trading securities is offset by the sale of exchange-traded financial futures contracts, with both the trading account and futures contracts marked to market daily.

This account had a balance of $58.1$28.5 million as of December 31, 2011,2013, compared to $42.5$55.8 million as of December 31, 2010.2012.

Management presents documentation of the methodology used in determining value at risk at least annually to the Board for approval in compliance with OCC Banking Circular 277, Risk Management of Financial Derivatives, and other banking laws and regulations. The aggregate value at risk is reviewed quarterly.

Other Market Risk

The Company does not have material commodity price risks or derivative risks.

48


Credit Risk

Credit risk represents the risk that a customer or counterparty may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. The Company utilizes a centralized credit administration function, which provides information on affiliate bankthe Bank’s risk levels, delinquencies, an internal ranking system and overall credit exposure. Loan requests are centrally reviewed to ensure the consistent application of the loan policy and standards. In addition, the Company has an internal loan review staff that operates independently of the affiliate banks.Bank. This review team performs periodic examinations of eachthe bank’s loans for credit quality, documentation and loan administration. The respective regulatory authority of each affiliate bankthe Bank also reviews loan portfolios.

Another means of ensuring loan quality is diversification of the portfolio. By keeping its loan portfolio diversified, the Company has avoided problems associated with undue concentrations of loans within particular industries. Commercial and construction real estate loans comprise only 28.128.4 percent of total loans at December 31, 2011,2013, with no history of significant losses. The Company has no significant exposure to highly-leveraged transactions and has no foreign credits in its loan portfolio.

The allowance for loan losses (ALL) is discussed on pages 2729 and 28.30. Also, please see Table 45 for a five-year analysis of the ALL. The adequacy of the ALL is reviewed quarterly, considering such items as historical loss trends including a migration analysis, a review of individual loans, current economic conditions, loan growth and characteristics, industry or segment concentration and other factors. A primary indicator of credit quality and risk management is the level of non-performing loans. Non-performing loans include both nonaccrual loans and restructured loans. The Company’s non-performing loans increased $0.4$2.6 million from December 31, 2010,2012, and increased $2.3$2.5 million compared to December 31, 2009.2011. While the Company plans to increase its loan portfolio, management does not intend to compromise the Company’s high credit standards as it grows its loan portfolio. The impact of future loan growth on the allowance for loan losses is uncertain as it is dependent on many factors including asset quality and changes in the overall economy.

The Company had $6.0$1.3 million in other real estate owned as of December 31, 2011.2013. There was $4.4$3.5 million of other real estate owned at December 31, 2010.2012. Loans past due more than 90 days totaled $6.0$3.2 million at December 31, 2011,2013, compared to $5.5$3.6 million at December 31, 2010.

2012.

A loan is generally placed on nonaccrual status when payments are past due 90 days or more and/or when management has considerable doubt about the borrower’s ability to repay on the terms originally contracted. The accrual of interest is discontinued and recorded thereafter only when actually received in cash.

Certain loans are restructured to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal due to deterioration in the financial condition of the respective borrowers. The Company had $2.9$12.1 million of restructured loans at December 31, 2011,2013, and $0.2$12.5 million at December 31, 2010.2012.

49


Table 1823 summarizes the various aspects of credit quality discussed above.

Table 1823

LOAN QUALITY (in thousands)

 

LOAN QUALITY(in thousands)
   December 31 
   2013  2012  2011  2010  2009 

Nonaccrual loans

  $19,305   $16,376   $22,650   $24,925   $21,263  

Restructured loans on nonaccrual

   11,401    11,727    2,931    217    2,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

   30,706    28,103    25,581    25,142    23,263  

Other real estate owned

   1,288    3,524    5,959    4,387    5,203  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

  $31,994   $31,627   $31,540   $29,529   $28,466  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more

  $3,218   $3,554   $5,998   $5,480   $8,319  

Restructured loans accruing

   665    752    3,089    —      —    

Allowance for loans losses

   74,751    71,426    72,017    73,952    64,139  

Ratios

      

Non-performing loans as a % of loans

   0.47  0.49  0.52  0.55  0.54

Non-performing assets as a % of loans plus other real estate owned

   0.49    0.56    0.64    0.64    0.66  

Non-performing assets as a % of total assets

   0.19    0.21    0.23    0.24    0.24  

Loans past due 90 days or more as a % of loans

   0.05    0.06    0.12    0.12    0.18  

Allowance for Loan Losses as a % of loans

   1.15    1.26    1.45    1.61    1.48  

Allowance for Loan Losses as a multiple of non-performing loans

   2.43  2.54  2.82  2.94  2.76

   December 31

 
   2011

  2010

  2009

  2008

  2007

 

Nonaccrual loans

  $22,650   $24,925   $21,263   $8,675   $6,437  

Restructured loans on nonaccrual

   2,931    217    2,000    141    144  
   


 


 


 


 


Total non-performing loans

   25,581    25,142    23,263    8,816    6,581  

Other real estate owned

   5,959    4,387    5,203    1,558    1,151  
   


 


 


 


 


Total non-performing assets

  $31,540   $29,529   $28,466   $10,374   $7,732  
   


 


 


 


 


Loans past due 90 days or more

  $5,998   $5,480   $8,319   $6,923   $2,922  

Restructured loans accruing

   3,089    —      —      —      —    

Allowance for loans losses

   72,017    73,952    64,139    52,297    45,986  

Ratios

                     

Non-performing loans as a % of loans

   0.52  0.55  0.54  0.20  0.17

Non-performing assets as a % of loans plus other real estate owned

   0.64    0.64    0.66    0.24    0.20  

Non-performing assets as a % of total assets

   0.23    0.24    0.24    0.09    0.08  

Loans past due 90 days or more as a % of loans

   0.12    0.12    0.18    0.16    0.07  

Allowance for Loan Losses as a % of loans

   1.45    1.61    1.48    1.19    1.17  

Allowance for Loan Losses as a multiple of non-performing loans

   2.82  2.94  2.76  5.93  6.99

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity represents the Company’s ability to meet financial commitments through the maturity and sale of existing assets or availability of additional funds. The Company believes that the most important factor in the preservation of liquidity is maintaining public confidence that facilitates the retention and growth of a large, stable supply of core deposits and wholesale funds. Ultimately, public confidence is generated through profitable operations, sound credit quality and a strong capital position. The primary source of liquidity for the Company is regularly scheduled payments on and maturity of assets, which include $6.1$6.8 billion of high-quality securities available for sale. The liquidity of the Company and its affiliate banksthe Bank is also enhanced by its activity in the federal funds market and by its core deposits.

On September 16, 2013, the Company completed the issuance of 3.9 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of $201.2 million to be used for strategic growth purposes. On October 17, 2013, an additional 585 thousand shares were issued with net proceeds of $30.2 million as a result of the underwriter’s exercising the overallotment of shares. The total increase in shareholder’s equity as a result of the common stock issuance was $231.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2013. Management believes it can raise debt or equity capital on favorable terms in the future, should the need arise.

Another factor affecting liquidity is the amount of deposits and customer repurchase agreements that have pledging requirements. All customer repurchase agreements require collateral in the form of a security. The U.S. Government, other public entities, and certain trust depositors require the Company to pledge securities if their deposit balances are greater than the FDIC-insured deposit limitations. These pledging requirements affect liquidity risk in that the related security cannot otherwise be disposed due to the pledging restriction. At December 31, 2011, approximately 89.12013, $5.9 billion, or 87.7 percent, of the securities available-for-sale were pledged or used as collateral;collateral, compared to 82.4$5.9 billion, or 85.6 percent, at December 31, 2010.

2012. However of these amounts, securities with a market value of $1.7 billion at December 31, 2013 and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2012 were pledged at the Federal Reserve Discount Window but were unencumbered as of those dates.

The Company also has other commercial commitments that may impact liquidity. These commitments include unused commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit. The total amount of these commercial commitments at December 31, 2011,2013, was $4.6$5.3 billion. The Company believes that since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total amount of these commercial commitments does not necessarily represent the future cash requirements of the Company.

50


The Company’s cash requirements consist primarily of dividends to shareholders, debt service, operating expenses, and treasury stock purchases. Management fees and dividends received from subsidiary banksbank and non-bank subsidiaries traditionally have been sufficient to satisfy these requirements and are expected to be sufficient in the future. The Company’s subsidiary banks areBank is subject to various rules regarding payment of dividends to the Company. For the most part, all banksthe bank can pay dividends at least equal to theirits current year’s earnings without seeking prior regulatory approval. From time to time, approvals have been requested to allow a subsidiary bank to pay a dividend in excess of its current earnings. All such requests have been approved.

To enhance general working capital needs, the Company has a revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo, N.A. which allows the Company to borrow up to $25.0 million for general working capital purposes. The interest rate applied to borrowed balances will be at the Company’s option either 1.00 percent above LIBOR or 1.75 percent below Prime on the date of an advance. The Company will also pay a 0.2 percent unused commitment fee for unused portions of the line of credit. As shown above, theThe Company had a $10.0 million advanceno advances outstanding at December 31, 2011 with an interest rate of 1.25 percent and a maturity of January, 2012.2013.

Operational Risk

The Company is exposed to numerous types of operational risk. Operational risk generally refers to the risk of loss resulting from the Company’s operations, including, but not limited to the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees or others, errors relating to transaction processing and systems, and breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal or regulatory actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency, or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards. Included in the legal and regulatory issues with which the Company must comply are a number of rules resulting from the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The Company operates in many markets and places reliance on the ability of its employees and systems to properly process a high number of transactions. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, the Company could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to its reputation. In order to address this risk, management maintains a system of internal controls with the objective of providing proper transaction authorization and execution, safeguarding of assets from misuse or theft, and ensuring the reliability of financial and other data.

The Company maintains systems of controls that provide management with timely and accurate information about the Company’s operations. These systems have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given the Company’s financial strength, the environment in which it operates, and considering factors such as competition and regulation. The Company has also established procedures that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics and business practices are followed on a uniform basis. In certain cases, the Company has experienced losses from operational risk. Such losses have included the effects of operational errors that the Company has discovered and included as expense in the statement of income. While there can be no assurance that the Company will not suffer such losses in the future, management continually monitors and works to improve its internal controls, systems and corporate-wide processes and procedures.

51


ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UMB Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Kansas City, Missouri

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial conditionconsolidated balance sheets of UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011.2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011,2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011,2013, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 28, 201225, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DeloitteDELOITTE & ToucheTOUCHE LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 28, 201225, 2014

52


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(in thousands, except share data)

 

   December 31

 
   2011

  2010

 

ASSETS

         

Loans

  $4,960,343   $4,583,683  

Allowance for loan losses

   (72,017  (73,952
   


 


Net loans

   4,888,326    4,509,731  

Loans held for sale

   10,215    14,414  

Investment securities:

         

Available for sale

   6,107,882    5,613,047  

Held to maturity (market value of $102,287 and $68,752, respectively)

   89,246    63,566  

Trading

   58,142    42,480  

Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   22,212    23,011  
   


 


Total investment securities

   6,277,482    5,742,104  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   66,078    235,176  

Interest-bearing due from banks

   1,164,007    848,598  

Cash and due from banks

   446,580    356,092  

Bank premises and equipment, net

   227,936    219,727  

Accrued income

   75,997    76,653  

Goodwill

   211,114    211,114  

Other intangibles

   84,331    92,297  

Other assets

   89,332    99,026  
   


 


Total assets

  $13,541,398   $12,404,932  
   


 


LIABILITIES

         

Deposits:

         

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $3,941,372   $2,888,881  

Interest-bearing demand and savings

   4,680,125    4,445,798  

Time deposits under $100,000

   615,475    693,600  

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

   932,939    1,000,462  
   


 


Total deposits

   10,169,911    9,028,741  

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   1,950,827    2,084,342  

Short-term debt

   12,000    35,220  

Long-term debt

   6,529    8,884  

Accrued expenses and taxes

   186,380    145,458  

Other liabilities

   24,619    41,427  
   


 


Total liabilities

   12,350,266    11,344,072  
   


 


SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

         

Common stock, $1.00 par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized, 55,056,730 shares issued and 40,426,342 and 40,430,081 shares outstanding, respectively

   55,057    55,057  

Capital surplus

   723,299    718,306  

Retained earnings

   697,923    623,415  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   81,099    25,465  

Treasury stock, 14,630,388 and 14,626,649 shares, at cost, respectively

   (366,246  (361,383
   


 


Total shareholders’ equity

   1,191,132    1,060,860  
   


 


Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $13,541,398   $12,404,932  
   


 


   December 31 
   2013  2012 

ASSETS

   

Loans

  $6,520,512   $5,686,749  

Allowance for loan losses

   (74,751  (71,426
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loans

   6,445,761    5,615,323  

Loans held for sale

   1,357    3,877  

Investment securities:

   

Available for sale

   6,762,411    6,937,463  

Held to maturity (market value of $231,510 and $129,495, respectively)

   209,770    114,756  

Trading

   28,464    55,764  

Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   50,482    26,333  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   7,051,127    7,134,316  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   87,018    89,868  

Interest-bearing due from banks

   2,093,467    720,500  

Cash and due from banks

   521,001    667,774  

Bank premises and equipment, net

   249,689    244,600  

Accrued income

   78,216    69,749  

Goodwill

   209,758    209,758  

Other intangibles

   55,585    68,803  

Other assets

   118,873    102,628  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $16,911,852   $14,927,196  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

   

Deposits:

   

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $5,189,998   $4,920,581  

Interest-bearing demand and savings

   7,001,126    5,450,450  

Time deposits under $100,000

   491,792    540,269  

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

   957,850    742,065  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deposits

   13,640,766    11,653,365  

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   1,583,218    1,787,270  

Short-term debt

   107    —    

Long-term debt

   5,055    5,879  

Accrued expenses and taxes

   153,450    182,468  

Other liabilities

   23,191    18,869  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   15,405,787    13,647,851  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Common stock, $1.00 par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized, 55,056,730 shares issued and 45,221,237 and 40,340,878 shares outstanding, respectively

   55,057    55,057  

Capital surplus

   882,407    732,069  

Retained earnings

   884,630    787,015  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   (32,640  85,588  

Treasury stock, 9,835,493 and 14,715,852 shares, at cost, respectively

   (283,389  (380,384
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   1,506,065    1,279,345  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $16,911,852   $14,927,196  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   Year Ended December 31

 
   2011

   2010

   2009

 

INTEREST INCOME

               

Loans

  $219,076    $221,797    $215,305  

Securities:

               

Available for sale—taxable interest

   85,120     90,409     106,474  

Available for sale—tax exempt interest

   33,079     27,998     28,201  

Held to maturity—tax exempt interest

   1,687     1,499     1,175  
   


  


  


Total securities income

   119,886     119,906     135,850  
   


  


  


Federal funds sold and resell agreements

   102     159     263  

Interest-bearing due from banks

   3,284     3,914     4,078  

Trading securities

   1,305     731     721  
   


  


  


Total interest income

   343,653     346,507     356,217  
��  


  


  


INTEREST EXPENSE

               

Deposits

   24,628     33,447     49,919  

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   1,712     2,017     2,001  

Other

   340     430     1,312  
   


  


  


Total interest expense

   26,680     35,894     53,232  
   


  


  


Net interest income

   316,973     310,613     302,985  

Provision for loan losses

   22,200     31,510     32,100  
   


  


  


Net interest income after provision for loan losses

   294,773     279,103     270,885  
   


  


  


NONINTEREST INCOME

               

Trust and securities processing

   208,392     160,356     120,544  

Trading and investment banking

   27,720     29,211     26,587  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   74,659     77,617     83,392  

Insurance fees and commissions

   4,375     5,565     4,800  

Brokerage fees

   9,950     6,345     7,172  

Bankcard fees

   59,767     54,804     45,321  

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

   16,125     8,315     9,737  

Other

   13,344     18,157     12,623  
   


  


  


Total noninterest income

   414,332     360,370     310,176  
   


  


  


NONINTEREST EXPENSE

               

Salaries and employee benefits

   294,756     267,213     240,819  

Occupancy, net

   38,406     36,251     34,760  

Equipment

   42,728     44,934     47,645  

Supplies and services

   22,166     18,841     20,237  

Marketing and business development

   20,150     18,348     15,446  

Processing fees

   49,985     45,502     35,465  

Legal and consulting

   15,601     14,046     10,254  

Bankcard

   15,600     16,714     14,251  

Amortization of other intangible assets

   16,100     11,142     6,169  

Regulatory fees

   10,395     13,448     15,675  

Class action litigation settlement

   7,800     —       —    

Other

   29,059     26,183     19,864  
   


  


  


Total noninterest expense

   562,746     512,622     460,585  
   


  


  


Income before income taxes

   146,359     126,851     120,476  

Income tax expense

   39,887     35,849     30,992  
   


  


  


Net income

  $106,472    $91,002    $89,484  
   


  


  


PER SHARE DATA

               

Net income—basic

  $2.66    $2.27    $2.22  

Net income—diluted

   2.64     2.26     2.20  

Weighted average shares outstanding

   40,034,435     40,071,751     40,324,437  

   Year Ended December 31 
    2013   2012   2011 

INTEREST INCOME

      

Loans

  $229,665    $217,391    $219,076  

Securities:

      

Available for sale—taxable interest

   75,202     81,013     85,120  

Available for sale—tax exempt interest

   37,113     35,960     33,079  

Held to maturity—tax exempt interest

   3,286     2,264     1,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities income

   115,601     119,237     119,886  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

   193     121     102  

Interest-bearing due from banks

   1,918     1,789     3,284  

Trading securities

   964     1,147     1,305  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

   348,341     339,685     343,653  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

      

Deposits

   13,183     17,416     24,628  

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   1,739     1,884     1,712  

Other

   150     329     340  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   15,072     19,629     26,680  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   333,269     320,056     316,973  

Provision for loan losses

   17,500     17,500     22,200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

   315,769     302,556     294,773  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

      

Trust and securities processing

   265,948     225,094     208,392  

Trading and investment banking

   20,641     30,359     27,720  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   84,133     78,694     74,659  

Insurance fees and commissions

   3,727     4,095     4,375  

Brokerage fees

   11,470     11,105     9,950  

Bankcard fees

   62,031     60,567     59,767  

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

   8,542     20,232     16,125  

Equity earnings on alternative investments

   19,048     422     3  

Other

   16,293     27,554     13,341  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   491,833     458,122     414,332  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

      

Salaries and employee benefits

   339,691     319,852     294,756  

Occupancy, net

   39,291     37,927     38,406  

Equipment

   49,207     43,465     42,728  

Supplies and services

   20,387     21,045     22,166  

Marketing and business development

   22,703     24,604     20,150  

Processing fees

   57,791     51,191     49,985  

Legal and consulting

   18,703     17,980     15,601  

Bankcard

   18,381     18,154     15,600  

Amortization of other intangible assets

   13,218     14,775     16,100  

Regulatory fees

   9,129     9,447     10,395  

Class action litigation settlement

   —       —       7,800  

Other

   35,677     32,014     29,059  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   624,178     590,454     562,746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   183,424     170,224     146,359  

Income tax expense

   49,459     47,507     39,887  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $133,965    $122,717    $106,472  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA

      

Net income—basic

  $3.25    $3.07    $2.66  

Net income—diluted

   3.20     3.04     2.64  

Weighted average shares outstanding

   41,275,839     40,034,428     40,034,435  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

54STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME


(in thousands)

   Year Ended December 31 
   2013  2012  2011 

Net income

  $133,965   $122,717   $106,472  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

    

Unrealized gains on securities:

    

Change in unrealized holding (losses) gains, net

   (178,500  27,164    104,204  

Less: Reclassifications adjustment for gains included in net income

   (8,542  (20,232  (16,125
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in unrealized (losses) gains on securities during the period

   (187,042  6,932    88,079  

Income tax benefit (expense)

   68,814    (2,443  (32,445
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   (118,228  4,489    55,634  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $15,737   $127,206   $162,106  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

   Common
Stock


   Capital
Surplus


  Retained
Earnings


  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)


  Treasury
Stock


  Total

 

Balance January 1, 2009

  $55,057    $707,812   $502,073   $41,105   $(331,236 $974,811  
                         —    

Net income

   —       —      89,484    —      —      89,484  

Change in net unrealized gains on securities, net of tax

   —       —      —      (651  —      (651
   


  


 


 


 


 


Total comprehensive income

                        88,833  

Cash Dividends ($0.71 per share)

   —       —      (28,809  —      —      (28,809

Purchase of treasury stock

   —       —      —      —      (26,894  (26,894

Issuance of equity awards

   —       (1,457  —      —      1,589    132  

Recognition of equity based compensation

   —       5,313    —      —      —      5,313  

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

   —       191    —      —      —      191  

Sale of treasury stock

   —       419    —      —      215    634  

Exercise of stock options

   —       496    —      —      844    1,340  
   


  


 


 


 


 


Balance December 31, 2009

  $55,057    $712,774   $562,748   $40,454   $(355,482 $1,015,551  
   


  


 


 


 


 


Net income

   —       —      91,002    —      —      91,002  

Change in net unrealized gains on securities, net of tax

   —       —      —      (14,989  —      (14,989
   


  


 


 


 


 


Total comprehensive income

                        76,013  

Cash Dividends ($0.75 per share)

   —       —      (30,335  —      —      (30,335

Purchase of treasury stock

   —       —      —      —      (8,879  (8,879

Issuance of equity awards

   —       (1,673  —      —      1,798    125  

Recognition of equity based compensation

   —       5,953    —      —      —      5,953  

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

   —       152    —      —      —      152  

Sale of treasury stock

   —       540    —      —      298    838  

Exercise of stock options

   —       560    —      —      882    1,442  
   


  


 


 


 


 


Balance December 31, 2010

  $55,057    $718,306   $623,415   $25,465   $(361,383 $1,060,860  
   


  


 


 


 


 


Net income

   —       —      106,472    —      —      106,472  

Change in net unrealized gains on securities, net of tax

   —       —      —      55,634    —      55,634  
   


  


 


 


 


 


Total comprehensive income

                        162,106  

Cash Dividends ($0.79 per share)

   —       —      (31,964  —      —      (31,964

Purchase of treasury stock

   —       —      —      —      (9,142  (9,142

Issuance of equity awards

   —       (2,244  —      —      2,484    240  

Recognition of equity based compensation

   —       6,510    —      —      —      6,510  

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

   —       79    —      —      —      79  

Sale of treasury stock

   —       295    —      —      315    610  

Exercise of stock options

   —       353    —      —      1,480    1,833  
   


  


 


 


 


 


Balance December 31, 2011

  $55,057    $723,299   $697,923   $81,099   $(366,246 $1,191,132  
   


  


 


 


 


 


   Common
Stock
   Capital
Surplus
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Treasury
Stock
  Total 

Balance January 1, 2011

  $55,057    $718,306   $623,415   $25,465   $(361,383 $1,060,860  

Total comprehensive income

      106,472    55,634     162,106  

Cash Dividends ($0.79 per share)

   —       —      (31,964  —      —      (31,964

Purchase of treasury stock

   —       —      —      —      (9,142  (9,142

Issuance of equity awards

   —       (2,244  —      —      2,484    240  

Recognition of equity based compensation

   —       6,510    —      —      —      6,510  

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

   —       79    —      —      —      79  

Sale of treasury stock

   —       295    —      —      315    610  

Exercise of stock options

   —       353    —      —      1,480    1,833  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2011

  $55,057    $723,299   $697,923   $81,099   $(366,246 $1,191,132  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      122,717    4,489     127,206  

Cash Dividends ($0.83 per share)

   —       —      (33,625  —      —      (33,625

Purchase of treasury stock

   —       —      —      —      (20,419  (20,419

Issuance of equity awards

   —       (1,911  —      —      2,156    245  

Recognition of equity based compensation

   —       6,917    —      —      —      6,917  

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

   —       359    —      —      —      359  

Sale of treasury stock

   —       587    —      —      389    976  

Exercise of stock options

   —       2,818    —      —      3,736    6,554  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2012

  $55,057    $732,069   $787,015   $85,588   $(380,384 $1,279,345  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      133,965    (118,228   15,737  

Cash Dividends ($0.87 per share)

   —       —      (36,350  —      —      (36,350

Purchase of treasury stock

   —       —      —      —      (3,501  (3,501

Issuance of equity awards

   —       (1,651  —      —      2,101    450  

Recognition of equity based compensation

   —       7,936    —      —      —      7,936  

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

   —       1,224    —      —      —      1,224  

Sale of treasury stock

   —       520    —      —      256    776  

Exercise of stock options

   —       3,986    —      —      5,032    9,018  

Common stock issuance

   —       138,323    —      —      93,107    231,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2013

  $55,057    $882,407   $884,630   $(32,640 $(283,389 $1,506,065  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

55


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(in thousands)

 

   Year Ended December 31

 
   2011

  2010

  2009

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

             

Net income

  $106,472   $91,002   $89,484  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Provision for loan losses

   22,200    31,510    32,100  

Depreciation and amortization

   42,931    39,376    38,107  

Deferred income tax benefit

   (197  (13,226  (5,966

Net (increase) decrease in trading securities and other earning assets

   (15,662  (4,266  266  

Gains on sales of securities available for sale

   (16,125  (8,315  (9,737

Losses (gains) on sales of assets

   175    (368  458  

Amortization of securities premiums, net of discount accretion

   44,909    32,088    25,712  

Originations of loans held for sale

   (204,099  (217,965  (248,670

Net gains on sales of loans held for sale

   (1,598  (1,379  (1,587

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

   209,896    222,453    254,620  

Issuance of equity awards

   240    125    132  

Equity based compensation

   6,510    5,953    5,313  

Changes in:

             

Accrued income

   656    (11,704  (436

Accrued expenses and taxes

   16,990    246    3,996  

Other assets and liabilities, net

   (255  14,464    (37,102
   


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

   213,043    179,994    146,690  
   


 


 


INVESTING ACTIVITIES

             

Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity

   8,814    9,574    7,922  

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

   1,012,068    649,083    198,953  

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

   1,561,960    1,994,810    3,141,929  

Purchases of securities held to maturity

   (34,788  (16,193  (18,105

Purchases of securities available for sale

   (3,008,900  (3,421,255  (3,421,837

Net (increase) decrease in loans

   (407,232  (215,442  66,276  

Net decrease (increase) in fed funds sold and resell agreements

   169,098    94,589    (94,673

Net decrease (increase) in interest bearing balances due from other financial institutions

   20,117    114,570    (174,405

Purchases of bank premises and equipment

   (35,557  (32,592  (23,426

Net cash paid for acquisitions

   (8,134  (159,154  (48,451

Proceeds from sales of bank premises and equipment

   182    2,793    2,165  
   


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

   (722,372  (979,217  (363,652
   


 


 


FINANCING ACTIVITIES

             

Net increase in demand and savings deposits

   1,286,818    655,039    415,784  

Net (decrease) increase in time deposits

   (145,648  (160,936  393,291  

Net (decrease) increase in fed funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   (133,515  156,735    (199,746

Net change in short-term debt

   (22,020  4,548    13,707  

Proceeds from long-term debt

   500    —      2,000  

Repayment of long-term debt

   (4,055  (15,416  (12,467

Payment of contingent consideration on acquisitions

   (8,316  —      —    

Cash dividends paid

   (31,801  (30,328  (28,792

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

   79    152    191  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and sales of treasury shares

   2,443    2,280    1,974  

Purchases of treasury stock

   (9,142  (8,879  (26,894
   


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

   935,343    603,195    559,048  
   


 


 


Increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks

   426,014    (196,028  342,086  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

   1,033,617    1,229,645    887,559  
   


 


 


Cash and due from banks at end of year

  $1,459,631   $1,033,617   $1,229,645  
   


 


 


Supplemental disclosures:

             

Income taxes paid

  $41,041   $48,116   $35,202  

Total interest paid

   28,148    40,128    53,521  

   Year Ended December 31 
    2013  2012  2011 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

  $133,965   $122,717   $106,472  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

   17,500    17,500    22,200  

Depreciation and amortization

   44,221    40,847    42,931  

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

   (5,123  3,675    (197

Net decrease (increase) in trading securities and other earning assets

   8,252    2,378    (15,662

Gains on sales of securities available for sale

   (8,542  (20,232  (16,125

(Gains) losses on sales of assets

   (1,431  (904  175  

Amortization of securities premiums, net of discount accretion

   53,248    50,435    44,909  

Originations of loans held for sale

   (118,418  (237,997  (204,099

Net gains on sales of loans held for sale

   (887  (2,010  (1,598

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

   121,825    246,345    209,896  

Issuance of equity awards

   450    245    240  

Equity based compensation

   7,936    6,917    6,510  

Changes in:

    

Accrued income

   (8,467  6,248    656  

Accrued expenses and taxes

   61,092    8,376    16,990  

Other assets and liabilities, net

   (10,423  (20,796  (255
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   295,198    223,744    213,043  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity

   34,033    9,756    8,814  

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

   685,031    1,016,129    1,012,068  

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

   1,495,867    1,691,293    1,561,960  

Purchases of securities held to maturity

   (135,598  (39,642  (34,788

Purchases of securities available for sale

   (2,238,238  (3,561,042  (3,008,900

Net increase in loans

   (844,993  (738,343  (407,232

Net decrease (increase) in fed funds sold and resell agreements

   2,850    (23,790  169,098  

Net (increase) decrease in interest bearing balances due from other financial institutions

   (10,160  129,076    20,117  

Purchases of bank premises and equipment

   (38,313  (44,038  (35,557

Net cash received (paid) for acquisitions

   26,087    17,597    (8,134

Proceeds from sales of bank premises and equipment

   2,586    1,473    182  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (1,020,848  (1,541,531  (722,372
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Net increase in demand and savings deposits

   1,800,207    1,737,072    1,286,818  

Net increase (decrease) in time deposits

   159,639    (272,627  (145,648

Net decrease in fed funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   (204,052  (163,557  (133,515

Net change in short-term debt

   (407  (12,000  (22,020

Proceeds from long-term debt

   1,000    1,029    500  

Repayment of long-term debt

   (1,310  (1,679  (4,055

Payment of contingent consideration on acquisitions

   (16,172  (17,371  (8,316

Cash dividends paid

   (36,168  (33,787  (31,801

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

   1,224    359    79  

Common stock issuance

   231,430    —      —    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and sales of treasury shares

   9,794    7,530    2,443  

Purchases of treasury stock

   (3,501  (20,419  (9,142
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   1,941,684    1,224,550    935,343  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks

   1,216,034    (93,237  426,014  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

   1,366,394    1,459,631    1,033,617  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks at end of year

  $2,582,428   $1,366,394   $1,459,631  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

    

Income taxes paid

  $46,445   $44,074   $41,041  

Total interest paid

   15,823    20,975    28,148  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

UMB Financial Corporation (the Company) is a multi-bankbank holding company, which offers a wide range of banking and other financial services to its customers through its branches and offices in the states of Missouri, Kansas, Colorado, Illinois, Oklahoma, Arizona, Nebraska, Pennsylvania, South Dakota, Indiana, Wisconsin, Utah, New Jersey,Texas, and Massachusetts. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also impact reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Following is a summary of the more significant accounting policies to assist the reader in understanding the financial presentation.

Consolidation

The Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements (references hereinafter to the “Company” in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements include wholly owned subsidiaries). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Revenue Recognition

Interest on loans and securities is recognized based on rate times the principal amount outstanding. This includes the impact of amortization of premiums and discounts. Interest accrual is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, the likelihood of collection becomes doubtful. Other noninterest income is recognized as services are performed or revenue-generating transactions are executed.

Cash and Due From Banks

Cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, and amounts due from correspondent banks are included in cash and due from banks.

Interest-bearing Due From Banks

Amounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank which are interest-bearing for all periods presented, and amounts due from certificates of deposits held atissued by other financial institutions are included in interest-bearing due from banks. The amountamounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank totaled $1,031.1 million and $677.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and ispresented in the table below are considered cash and cash equivalents. The amounts due from certificates of deposit totaled $151.0$30.7 million and $171.1$21.9 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively.

This table provides a summary of cash and due from banks as presented on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as of December 31, 20112013 and 20102012 (in thousands):

 

  Year Ended December 31

   Year Ended December 31 
  2011

   2010

   2013   2012 

Due from the Federal Reserve

  $1,013,051    $677,525    $2,061,427    $698,620  

Cash and due from banks

   446,580     356,092     521,001     667,774  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

Cash and due from banks at end of year

  $1,459,631    $1,033,617    $2,582,428    $1,366,394  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

57


Loans and Loans Held for Sale

Loans are classified by the portfolio segments of commercial, real estate, consumer, and leases. The portfolio segments are further disaggregated into the loan classes of commercial, commercial credit card, real estate—construction, real estate—commercial, real estate—residential, real estate—HELOC, consumer—credit card, consumer—other, and leases.

A loan is considered to be impaired when management believes it is probable that it will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. If a loan is impaired, the Company records a valuation allowance equal to the carrying amount of the loan in excess of the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate, based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

A loan is accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring when a concession had been granted to a debtor experiencing financial difficulties. The Company’s modifications generally include interest rate adjustments, and amortization and maturity date extensions. These modifications allow the debtor short-term cash relief to allow them to improve their financial condition. Restructured loans are individually evaluated for impairment as part of the allowance for loan loss analysis.

Loans, including those that are considered to be impaired and restructured, are evaluated regularly by management. Loans are considered delinquent when payment has not been received within 30 days of its contractual due date. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when the collection of interest or principal is 90 days or more past due, unless the loan is adequately secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income. Loans may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to principal unless the remaining principal balance has been determined to be fully collectible.

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the pertinent factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio, including actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectability may not be assured, determination of the existence and realizable value of the collateral and guarantees securing such loans. The actual losses, notwithstanding such considerations, however, could differ from the amounts estimated by management.

The Company maintains a reserve, separate from the allowance for loan losses, to address the risk of loss associated with loan contingencies, which is included asin the accrued expenses and taxes line item in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In order to maintain the reserve for off-balance sheet reserveitems at an appropriate level, a provision to increase or reduce the reserve is included in the Company’s Consolidated StatementStatements of Income. The level of the reserve will be adjusted as needed to maintain the reserve at a specified level in relation to contingent loan risk. The risk of loss arising from un-funded loan commitments has been assessed by dividing the contingencies into pools of similar loan commitments and by applying two factors to each pool. The gross amount of contingent exposure is first multiplied by a potential use factor to estimate the degree to which the unused commitments might reasonably be expected to be used in a time of high usage. The resultant figure is then multiplied by a factor to estimate the risk of loss assuming funding of these loans. The potential loss estimates for each segment of the portfolio are added to arrive at a total potential loss estimate that is used to set the reserve.

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market value. Loan fees (net of certain direct loan origination costs) on loans held for sale are deferred until the related loans are sold or repaid. Gains or losses on loan sales are recognized at the time of sale and determined using the specific identification method.

58


Securities

Debt securities available for sale principally include U.S. Treasury and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, certain securities of state and political subdivisions, and corporates. Securities classified as available for sale are measured at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. Realized gains and losses on sales are computed by the specific identification method at the time of disposition and are shown separately as a component of noninterest income.

Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized historical cost based on management’s intention, and the Company’s ability to hold them to maturity. The Company classifies certain securities of state and political subdivisions as held to maturity.

Trading securities, acquired for subsequent sale to customers, are carried at market value. Market adjustments, fees and gains or losses on the sale of trading securities are considered to be a normal part of operations and are included in trading and investment banking income.

Equity-method investments

OnThe Company accounts for certain other investments using equity-method accounting. For non-marketable equity-method investments, the Consolidated StatementsCompany’s proportionate share of Shareholders’ Equity, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) consists onlythe income or loss is recognized on a one-quarter lag. When transparency in pricing exists, other investments are considered marketable equity-method investments. For marketable equity-method investments, the Company recognizes its proportionate share of unrealized gain (loss) on securities.

income or loss as of the date of the Company’s financial statements.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill on purchased affiliates represents the cost in excess of net tangible assets acquired. Goodwillis tested for impairment tests are performed on an annual basis or whenannually and more frequently whenever events or circumstances dictate. In these tests,changes in circumstance indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the Company changed its goodwill testing date from November 30 to October 1. The selection of October 1 as the annual testing date was preferable as the Company will have more time and greater availability of accounting resources because the new testing date is two months earlier relative to the fiscal year-end close and reporting process. As a result of the change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date, the Company completed a test as of October 1, 2012 and no more than 12 months elapsed between annual tests. The change in accounting principle related to changing the annual goodwill impairment testing date did not accelerate, delay, or cause an impairment charge. Due to the significant judgments and estimates that are utilized in the goodwill impairment test, the Company determined it was impracticable to objectively determine, without the use of hindsight, the assumptions that would have been used as of each October 1 for periods before October 1, 2012. As such, the Company prospectively applied the change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date from October 1, 2012.

To test goodwill for impairment, the Company performs a qualitative assessment of each reporting unit. If the Company determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test is not required. IfOtherwise, the Company compares the fair value of theits reporting unit is not more likely than not greater than theunits to their carrying amount, the fair value is compared to the carrying amount of each reporting unitamounts to determine if an impairment is indicated. If an impairment is indicated, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount and theamount. An impairment loss is measured byas the excess of the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value. The Company has elected November 30 as its annual measurement date for testing impairment, and asAs a result of thesuch impairment tests, ofthe Company has not recognized an impairment charge.

No goodwill performed on that dateimpairments were recognized in 2011, 2010 and 2009, no impairment was indicated.2013, 2012, or 2011. Other intangible assets are amortized over a period of up to 17 years and are evaluated for impairment when events or circumstances dictate. No impairment of intangible assets existed for 2011, 2010, and 2009.asset impairments were recognized in 2013, 2012, or 2011. The Company does not have any indefinite lived intangible assets.

Bank Premises and Equipment

Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is computed primarily on the straight line method. Bank premises are depreciated over 15 to 40 year lives, while equipment is depreciated over lives of 3 to 20 years. Gains and losses from the sale of bank premises and equipment are included in other noninterest income.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including premises and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. The impairment review includes a comparison of future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or group of assets to their current carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset or group of assets exceeds expected cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges), an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds fair value. No impairments were recognized in 2013, 2012, or 2011.

59


Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The provision for deferred income taxes represents the change in the deferred income tax accounts during the year excluding the tax effect of the change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale.

The Company records deferred tax assets to the extent these assets will more likely than not be realized. All available evidence is considered in making such determination, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. A valuation allowance is recorded for the portion of deferred tax assets that do not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, and any changes to the valuation allowance are recorded in income tax expense.

The Company records the financial statement effects of an income tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that it will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured and recorded as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. Previously recognized tax positionsbenefits are derecognized in the first period in which it is no longer more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained. The benefit associated with previously unrecognized tax positions are generally recognized in the first period in which the more-likely-than-not threshold is met at the reporting date, the tax matter is ultimately settled through negotiation or litigation or when the related statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired. The recognition, derecognition and measurement of tax positions are based on management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstance and information available at the reporting date.

The Company recognizes accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in other noninterest expense. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related liability lines in the consolidated balance sheet. ForDuring 2013, the year endedCompany accrued an immaterial amount in interest and penalties, and as of December 31, 2011, the Company2013, has recognized an immaterial amount inliability for interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Derivatives

The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Currently, one of the Company’s derivatives is designated in a qualifying hedging relationship. However, the remainder of the Company’s derivatives are not designated in qualifying hedging relationships, as the derivatives are not used to manage risks within the Company’s assets or liabilities. All changes in fair value of the Company’s derivatives are recognized directly in earnings.

Per Share Data

Basic income per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted year-to-date income per share includes the dilutive effect of 275,522; 240,673;562,741; 398,939; and 301,902275,522 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted by the Company at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Options issued under employee benefit plans to purchase 879,588; 1,081,564;504,938 and 896,621879,588 shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2010,2012 and 2009,2011, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options were anti-dilutive.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the date of the grant. The grant date fair value is estimated using either an option-pricing model which is consistent with the terms of the award or an observed market price, if such a price exists. Such cost is generally recognized over the vesting period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award and, in some cases, when performance metrics are met. The Company also estimates the number of instruments that will ultimately be issued by applying a forfeiture rate to each grant.

60


2.  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures    In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (ASU 2010-06), which amends ASC 820, adding new requirements for disclosures for Levels 1 and 2, separate disclosures of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements and clarification of existing fair value disclosures. ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company adopted the provisions related to Level 1 and 2 disclosures on January 1, 2010 and adopted the provisions related to Level 3 disclosures on January 1, 2011 with no impact on its financial statements except for additional financial statement disclosures.

Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses    In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, “Disclosures About the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses” (ASU 2010-20), which amends ASC 310 by requiring more robust and disaggregated disclosures about the credit quality of an entity’s financial receivables and its allowance for credit losses. ASU 2010-20 was effective for the Company for the annual reporting period ended December 31, 2010. The Company adopted this statement on December 31, 2010 with no impact on its financial statements except for additional financial statement disclosures. In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01, “Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures About Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) in Update No. 2010-20”, which temporarily defers the effective date in ASU 2010-20 for disclosures about TDRs by creditors until the FASB finalizes its project on determining what constitutes a TDR for a creditor. In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring,” which adds clarification to ASC 310 about which loan modifications constitute TDRs. It is intended to assist creditors in determining whether a modification of the terms of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a TDR, both for purposes of recording an impairment loss and for disclosure of TDRs. ASU 2011-02 was effective for the Company for the interim reporting period ended September 30, 2011. The Company adopted this statement on September 30, 2011 with retrospective application to January 1, 2011 with no material impact on its financial statements except for additional financial statement disclosures.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income    In June 2011, the FASB issued ASUAccounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income: Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (ASU 2011-05), which amends the FASB Standards Codification to allow the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. These amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 will bewas effective for the Company for the interim reporting period endingended March 31, 2012.2012; however, certain provisions related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments have been deferred by ASU No. 2011-12 (ASU 2011-12) “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” ASU 2011-12 allows entities to continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU 2011-05. All other requirements in ASU 2011-05 are not affected by ASU 2011-12. The Company does not expect this standard to have aadopted ASU 2011-05 for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 with no material impact on its financial statements except for a change in presentation.

Testing for Goodwill Impairment    In September 2011,February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Testing2013-02, “Comprehensive Income: Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which adds new disclosure

requirements for Goodwill Impairment” (ASU2011-08)items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The new disclosure requirements were effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and were adopted by the Company for the quarter-ended March 31, 2013. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement did not impact the Company’s financial statements except for additional financial statement disclosures.

Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset    In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-06, “Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution” (ASU 2012-06), which amends ASC 350 to allow companiesaddresses diversity in practice regarding the optionsubsequent measurement of performingan indemnification asset in a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair valuegovernment-assisted acquisition of the reporting unit (i.e. step one of the goodwill impairment test). If the Company determines, on the basis of qualitative factors,a financial institution that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would not be required.includes a loss-sharing agreement. The amendments are effective for interim and annual goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal yearsreporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. However,2012 with early adoption is permitted. Thepermitted and were adopted by the Company early adopted this standard for the goodwill impairment test performed asquarter-ended March 31, 2013. The adoption of November 30, 2011 without a materialthis accounting pronouncement did not impact on itsthe Company’s financial statements.

Investment Companies    In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-08, “Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements” for investment companies. The amendments changed the assessment of whether an entity is an investment company by requiring an entity to possess certain fundamental characteristics, while allowing judgment in assessing other typical characteristics. The ASU is effective January 1, 2014, and the Company does not anticipate a change in the status of any subsidiary, or a change in the accounting applied to a subsidiary, under the new guidelines.

61


3.  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Loan Origination/Risk Management

The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to minimize the level of risk within the loan portfolio. Diversification of the loan portfolio manages the risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions. The Company maintains an independent loan review department that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a continual basis. Management regularly evaluates the results of the loan reviews. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

Commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and prudently expand its business. Commercial loans are made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of the borrower, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts from its customers. Commercial credit cards are generally unsecured and are underwritten with criteria similar to commercial loans including an analysis of the borrower’s cash flow, available business capital, and overall credit-worthiness of the borrower.

Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans, in addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts, and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. The Company requires an appraisal of the collateral be made at origination and on an as-needed basis, in conformity with current market conditions and regulatory requirements. The underwriting standards address both owner and non-owner occupied real estate.

Construction loans are underwritten using feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis or absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction

loans are based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term borrowers, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, economic conditions, and the availability of long-term financing.

Underwriting standards for residential real estate and home equity loans are based on the borrower’s loan-to-value percentage, collection remedies, and overall credit history.

Consumer loans are underwritten based on the borrower’s repayment ability. The Company monitors delinquencies on all of its consumer loans and leases and periodically reviews the distribution of FICO scores relative to historical periods to monitor credit risk on its credit card loans. The underwriting and review practices combined with the relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. Consumer loans and leases that are 90 days past due or more are considered non-performing.

62


This table provides a summary of loan classes and an aging of past due loans as of December 31, 20112013 (in thousands):

 

  Year Ended December 31, 2011

   Year Ended December 31, 2013 
  30-89
Days Past
Due and
Accruing


   Greater
than 90
Days Past
Due and
Accruing


   Non-Accrual
Loans


   Total
Past Due


   Current

   Total Loans

   30-89
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
   Greater
than 90
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
   Non-Accrual
Loans
   Total
Past Due
   Current   Total Loans 

Commercial:

                              

Commercial

  $2,986    $767    $9,234    $12,987    $2,221,830    $2,234,817    $2,107    $135    $8,042    $10,284    $3,291,219    $3,301,503  

Commercial—credit card

   896     284     —       1,180     94,159     95,339     362     82     38     482     102,788     103,270  

Real estate:

                              

Real estate—construction

   430     —       642     1,072     83,518     84,590     186     —       934     1,120     151,755     152,875  

Real estate—commercial

   2,368     313     7,218     9,899     1,384,656     1,394,555     3,611     344     19,213     23,168     1,678,983     1,702,151  

Real estate—residential

   1,713     247     1,660     3,620     182,266     185,886     1,257     13     868     2,138     287,218     289,356  

Real estate—HELOC

   819     41     696     1,556     531,476     533,032     880     6     210     1,096     565,032     566,128  

Consumer:

                              

Consumer—credit card

   2,858     3,394     4,638     10,890     322,756     333,646     3,230     2,448     1,031     6,709     311,627     318,336  

Consumer—other

   1,260     952     1,493     3,705     90,939     94,644     1,727     190     370     2,287     60,625     62,912  

Leases

   —       —       —       —       3,834     3,834     —       —       —       —       23,981     23,981  
  


  


  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total loans

  $13,330    $5,998    $25,581    $44,909    $4,915,434    $4,960,343    $13,360    $3,218    $30,706    $47,284    $6,473,228    $6,520,512  
  


  


  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

This table provides a summary of loan classes and an aging of past due loans as of December 31, 20102012 (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2010

 
   30-89
Days Past
Due and
Accruing


   Greater
than 90
Days Past
Due and
Accruing


   Non-Accrual
Loans


   Total
Past Due


   Current

   Total Loans

 

Commercial:

                              

Commercial

  $9,585    $204    $11,345    $21,134    $1,915,918    $1,937,052  

Commercial—credit card

   1,391     296     —       1,687     82,857     84,544  

Real estate:

                              

Real estate—construction

   674     262     600     1,536     126,984     128,520  

Real estate—commercial

   10,682     340     6,753     17,775     1,277,122     1,294,897  

Real estate—residential

   4,802     153     1,094     6,049     187,108     193,157  

Real estate—HELOC

   1,318     62     75     1,455     474,602     476,057  

Consumer:

                              

Consumer—credit card

   3,892     3,731     4,424     12,047     310,161     322,208  

Consumer—other

   1,745     432     634     2,811     137,382     140,193  

Leases

   —       —       —       —       7,055     7,055  
   


  


  


  


  


  


Total loans

  $34,089    $5,480    $24,925    $64,494    $4,519,189    $4,583,683  
   


  


  


  


  


  


   Year Ended December 31, 2012 
   30-89
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
   Greater
than 90
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
   Non-Accrual
Loans
   Total
Past Due
   Current   Total Loans 

Commercial:

            

Commercial

  $5,170    $93    $14,122    $19,385    $2,854,309    $2,873,694  

Commercial—credit card

   561     43     61     665     103,655     104,320  

Real estate:

            

Real estate—construction

   3,750     —       1,263     5,013     73,473     78,486  

Real estate—commercial

   3,590     113     8,170     11,873     1,423,938     1,435,811  

Real estate—residential

   1,371     49     666     2,086     210,277     212,363  

Real estate—HELOC

   1,324     50     225     1,599     572,324     573,923  

Consumer:

            

Consumer—credit card

   2,989     2,955     2,285     8,229     326,289     334,518  

Consumer—other

   1,116     251     1,311     2,678     51,872     54,550  

Leases

   —       —       —       —       19,084     19,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $19,871    $3,554    $28,103    $51,528    $5,635,221    $5,686,749  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company sold $121.8 million, $246.3 million, and $209.9 million $222.5 million, and $254.6 million of residential real estate residential and student loans without recourse during the periods ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 2010, and 2009 respectively.

The Company has ceased the recognition of interest on loans with a carrying value of $25.6$30.7 million and $24.9$28.1 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. Restructured loans totaled $6.0$12.1 million and $0.2$12.5 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. Loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest amounted to $6.0$3.2 million and $5.5$3.6 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. There was an insignificant amount of interest recognized on impaired loans during 2011, 2010,2013, 2012, and 2009.2011.

63


Credit Quality Indicators

As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including trends related to the risk grading of specified classes of loans, net charge-offs, non-performing loans, and general economic conditions.

The Company utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a rating to each of its commercial, commercial real estate, and construction real estate loans. The loan rankings are summarized into the following categories: Non-watch list, Watch, Special Mention, and Substandard. Any loan not classified in one of the categories described below is considered to be a Non-watch list loan. A description of the general characteristics of the loan ranking categories is as follows:

 

Watch—This rating represents credit exposure that presents higher than average risk and warrants greater than routine attention by Company personnel due to conditions affecting the borrower, the Borrower’s industry or the economic environment. These conditions have resulted in some degree of uncertainty that results in higher than average credit risk.

 

Special Mention—This rating reflects a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or the institution’s credit position at some future date. The rating is not adversely classified and does not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

Substandard—This rating represents an asset inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. Loans in this category are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard assets, does not have to exist in individual assets classified substandard. This category may include loans where the collection of full principal is doubtful or remote.

All other classes of loans are generally evaluated and monitored based on payment activity. Non-performing loans include restructured loans on non-accrual and all other non-accrual loans.

This table provides an analysis of the credit risk profile of each loan class as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Risk Rating

   Commercial   Real estate-
construction
   Real estate-
commercial
 
   2013   2013   2013 

Non-watch list

  $3,041,224    $151,359    $1,565,894  

Watch

   110,932     210     76,647  

Special Mention

   78,064     —       19,876  

Substandard

   71,283     1,306     39,734  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $3,301,503    $152,875    $1,702,151  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

   Commercial–
credit card
   Real estate-
residential
   Real estate-
HELOC
 
   2013   2013   2013 

Performing

  $103,232    $288,488    $565,918  

Non-performing

   38     868     210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $103,270    $289,356    $566,128  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Consumer-
credit card
   Consumer-
other
   Leases 
   2013   2013   2013 

Performing

  $317,305    $62,542    $23,981  

Non-performing

   1,031     370     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $318,336    $62,912    $23,981  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

This table provides an analysis of the credit risk profile of each loan class as of December 31, 20112012 (in thousands):

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Risk Rating

 

   Commercial

   Real estate-
construction


   Real estate-
commercial


 
   2011

   2011

   2011

 

Non-watch list

  $2,064,658    $83,100    $1,275,280  

Watch

   100,499     355     27,777  

Special Mention

   16,688     —       35,019  

Substandard

   52,972     1,135     56,479  
   


  


  


Total

  $2,234,817    $84,590    $1,394,555  
   


  


  


64


   Commercial   Real estate-
construction
   Real estate-
commercial
 
   2012   2012   2012 

Non-watch list

  $2,670,925    $75,631    $1,325,460  

Watch

   98,636     518     63,278  

Special Mention

   29,462     14     11,613  

Substandard

   74,671     2,323     35,460  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,873,694    $78,486    $1,435,811  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

 

  Commercial–
credit card

   Real estate-
residential


   Real estate-
HELOC


   Commercial–
credit card
   Real estate-
residential
   Real estate-
HELOC
 
  2011

   2011

   2011

   2012   2012   2012 

Performing

  $95,339    $184,226    $532,336    $104,259    $211,697    $573,698  

Non-performing

   —       1,660     696     61     666     225  
  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $95,339    $185,886    $533,032    $104,320    $212,363    $573,923  
  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

   Consumer-
credit card


   Consumer-
other


   Leases

 
   2011

   2011

   2011

 

Performing

  $329,008    $93,151    $3,834  

Non-performing

   4,638     1,493     —    
   


  


  


Total

  $333,646    $94,644    $3,834  
   


  


  


This table provides an analysis of the credit risk profile of each loan class as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Risk Rating

   Commercial

   Real estate-
construction


   Real estate-
commercial


 
   2010

   2010

   2010

 

Non-watch list

  $1,718,691    $127,709    $1,196,679  

Watch

   77,201     —       18,917  

Special Mention

   48,915     44     34,006  

Substandard

   92,245     767     45,295  
   


  


  


Total

  $1,937,052    $128,520    $1,294,897  
   


  


  


Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

   Commercial –
credit card


   Real estate-
residential


   Real estate-
HELOC


 
   2010

   2010

   2010

 

Performing

  $82,857    $201,522    $474,602  

Non-performing

   1,687     6,049     1,455  
   


  


  


Total

  $84,544    $207,571    $476,057  
   


  


  


   Consumer-
credit card


   Consumer-
other


   Leases

 
   2010

   2010

   2010

 

Performing

  $314,053    $139,127    $7,055  

Non-performing

   8,155     1,066     —    
   


  


  


Total

  $322,208    $140,193    $7,055  
   


  


  


65


   Consumer-
credit card
   Consumer-
other
   Leases 
   2012   2012   2012 

Performing

  $332,233    $53,239    $19,084  

Non-performing

   2,285     1,311     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $334,518    $54,550    $19,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s judgment of inherent probable losses within the Company’s loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Accordingly, the methodology is based on historical loss trends. The Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for possibleprobable loan losses reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors.

The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific loans; however, the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including, among other things, the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view ofchanges in the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.environment.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of specific valuation allowances and general valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics and trends, general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.

The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on a regular analysis and evaluation of problemimpaired loans. Loans are classified based on an internal risk grading process that evaluates the obligor’s ability to repay, the underlying collateral, if any, and the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. When a loan is considered impaired, the loan is analyzed to determine the need, if any, to specifically allocate a portion of the allowance for loan losses to the loan. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk ranking of the loan and economic conditions affecting the borrower’s industry.

General valuation allowances are calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of loans including an evaluation of the time span and volume of the actual charge-off. The Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of similar loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The historical loss ratios are updated based on actual charge-off experience. A valuation allowance is established for each pool of similar loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio, time span to charge-off, and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. The Company’s pools of similar loans include similarly risk-graded groups of commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial credit card, home equity loans, consumer real estate loans and consumer and other loans. The Company also considers a loan migration analysis for criticized loans. This analysis includes an assessment of the probability that a loan will move to a loss position based on its criticized category.risk rating. The consumer credit card pool is evaluated based on delinquencies and credit scores. In addition, a portion of the allowance is determined by a review of qualitative factors by Management.

66


ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND RECORDED INVESTMENT IN LOANS

This table provides a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31, 2013 
   Commercial  Real estate  Consumer  Leases   Total 

Allowance for loan losses:

       

Beginning balance

  $43,390   $15,506   $12,470   $60    $71,426  

Charge-offs

   (4,748  (775  (12,131  —       (17,654

Recoveries

   867    77    2,535    —       3,479  

Provision

   9,377    534    7,573    16     17,500  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $48,886   $15,342   $10,447   $76    $74,751  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $2,882   $1,370   $—     $—      $4,252  

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   46,004    13,972    10,447    76     70,499  

Loans:

       

Ending Balance: loans

  $3,404,773   $2,710,510   $381,248   $23,981    $6,520,512  

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   14,635    15,543    11    —       30,189  

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   3,390,138    2,694,967    381,237    23,981     6,490,323  

This table provides a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31, 2012 
   Commercial  Real estate  Consumer  Leases   Total 
Allowance for loan losses:       

Beginning balance

  $37,927   $20,486   $13,593   $11    $72,017  

Charge-offs

   (8,446  (932  (12,678  —       (22,056

Recoveries

   1,136    28    2,801    —       3,965  

Provision

   12,773    (4,076  8,754    49     17,500  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $43,390   $15,506   $12,470   $60    $71,426  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $1,393   $781   $—     $—      $2,174  

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   41,997    14,725    12,470    60     69,252  

Loans:

       

Ending Balance: loans

  $2,978,014   $2,300,583   $389,068   $19,084    $5,686,749  

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   15,057    11,203    49    —       26,309  

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   2,962,957    2,289,380    389,019    19,084     5,660,440  

This table provides a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

  Year Ended December 31, 2011

   Year Ended December 31, 2011 
  Commercial

 Real estate

 Consumer

 Leases

 Total

   Commercial Real estate Consumer Leases Total 

Allowance for loan losses:

         

Beginning balance

  $39,138   $18,557   $16,243   $14   $73,952    $39,138   $18,557   $16,243   $14   $73,952  

Charge-offs

   (12,693  (532  (15,438  —      (28,663   (12,693  (532  (15,438  —      (28,663

Recoveries

   813    32    3,683    —      4,528     813    32    3,683    —      4,528  

Provision

   10,669    2,429    9,105    (3  22,200     10,669    2,429    9,105    (3  22,200  
  


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Ending Balance

  $37,927   $20,486   $13,593   $11   $72,017    $37,927   $20,486   $13,593   $11   $72,017  
  


 


 


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $3,662   $268   $—     $—     $3,930    $3,662   $268   $—     $—     $3,930  

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   34,266    20,217    13,593    11    68,087     34,266    20,217    13,593    11    68,087  

Ending Balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   —      —      —      —      —    

Loans:

         

Ending Balance: loans

  $2,330,156   $2,198,063   $428,290   $3,834   $4,960,343    $2,330,156   $2,198,063   $428,290   $3,834   $4,960,343  

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   11,061    12,468    23    —      23,552     11,061    12,468    23    —      23,552  

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   2,319,095    2,185,595    428,267    3,834    4,936,791     2,319,095    2,185,595    428,267    3,834    4,936,791  

Ending Balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   —      —      —      —      —    

Impaired Loans

This table provides a rollforwardan analysis of the allowance for loan lossesimpaired loans by portfolio segmentclass for the year ended December 31, 20102013 (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2010

 
   Commercial

  Real estate

  Consumer

  Leases

  Total

 

Allowance for loan losses:

                     

Beginning balance

   40,430   $13,311   $10,128   $270   $64,139  

Charge-offs

   (6,644  (258  (18,585  —      (25,487

Recoveries

   637    29    3,124    —      3,790  

Provision

   4,715    5,475    21,576    (256  31,510  
   


 


 


 


 


Ending Balance

  $39,138   $18,557   $16,243   $14   $73,952  
   


 


 


 


 


Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $798   $1,762   $—     $—     $2,560  

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   38,340    16,795    16,243    14    71,392  

Ending Balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   —      —      —      —      —    

Loans:

                     

Ending Balance: loans

  $2,021,597   $2,092,630   $462,401   $7,055   $4,583,683  

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   11,913    8,886    15    —      20,814  

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   2,009,684    2,083,744    462,386    7,055    4,562,869  

Ending Balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   —      —      —      —      —    

67


   Year Ended December 31, 2013 
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
   Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
   Total
Recorded
Investment
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

            

Commercial

  $17,227    $3,228    $11,407    $14,635    $2,882    $14,791  

Commercial—credit card

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Real estate:

            

Real estate—construction

   1,408     810     —       933     —       1,186  

Real estate—commercial

   14,686     5,305     123     13,523     94     10,506  

Real estate—residential

   1,317     1,087     8,218     1,087     1,276     1,122  

Real estate—HELOC

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer:

            

Consumer—credit card

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer—other

   12     11     —       11     —       34  

Leases

   —       —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $34,650    $10,441    $19,748    $30,189    $4,252    $27,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

This table provides a rollforwardan analysis of the allowance for loan lossesimpaired loans by class for the year ended December 31, 20092012 (in thousands):

 

   2009

 

Allowance—beginning of year

  $52,297  

Additions (deductions):

     

Charge-offs

   (24,949

Recoveries

   4,691  
   


Net charge-offs

   (20,258
   


Provision charged to expense

   32,100  

Allowance for banks and loans acquired

   —    
   


Allowance—end of year

  $64,139  
   


   Year Ended December 31, 2012 
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
   Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
   Total
Recorded
Investment
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

            

Commercial

  $22,453    $12,119    $2,938    $15,057    $1,393    $13,287  

Commercial—credit card

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Real estate:

            

Real estate—construction

   276     276     —       276     —       118  

Real estate—commercial

   9,334     6,777     2,213     8,990     733     9,925  

Real estate—residential

   2,357     1,714     223     1,937     48     2,622  

Real estate—HELOC

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer:

            

Consumer—credit card

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer—other

   51     49     —       49     —       43  

Leases

   —       —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $34,471    $20,935    $5,374    $26,309    $2,174    $25,995  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impaired Loans

This table provides an analysis of impaired loans by class for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2011 
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
   Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
   Total
Recorded
Investment
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

            

Commercial

  $14,368    $2,940    $8,121    $11,061    $3,662    $8,038  

Commercial—credit card

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Real estate:

            

Real estate—construction

   90     50     —       50     —       15  

Real estate—commercial

   9,323     7,983     1,247     9,230     226     7,000  

Real estate—residential

   3,568     2,329     859     3,188     42     2,312  

Real estate—HELOC

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer:

            

Consumer—credit card

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer—other

   23     23     —       23     —       28  

Leases

   —       —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $27,372    $13,325    $10,227    $23,552    $3,930    $17,393  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

68


This table provides an analysis of impaired loans by class for the year ended December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31, 2010

 
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance


   Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance


   Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance


   Total
Recorded
Investment


   Related
Allowance


   Average
Recorded
Investment


 

Commercial:

                              

Commercial

  $13,497    $10,180    $1,733    $11,913    $798    $15,426  

Commercial—credit card

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Real estate:

                              

Real estate—construction

   —       —       —       —       —       121  

Real estate—commercial

   7,415     439     6,612     7,051     1,475     4,092  

Real estate—residential

   2,071     612     1,223     1,835     287     2,535  

Real estate—HELOC

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer:

                              

Consumer—credit card

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

Consumer—other

   15     15     —       15     —       6  

Leases

   —       —       —       —       —       —    
   


  


  


  


  


  


Total

  $22,998    $11,246    $9,568    $20,814    $2,560    $22,180  
   


  


  


  


  


  


This table provides an analysis of impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands):

   2009

 

Total impaired loans as of December 31

  $20,880  

Amount of impaired loans which have a related allowance

   14,290  

Amount of related allowance

   3,813  

Remaining impaired loans with no allowance

   6,590  

Average recorded investment in impaired loans during year

   14,974  

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The Company adopted ASU No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring,” as of July 1, 2011. This update provides additional guidance on evaluating whether a modification or restructuring of a receivable is a TDR. A loan modification is considered a TDRtroubled debt restructuring (TDR) when a concession had been granted to a debtor experiencing financial difficulties. The Company assessed loan modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial distress occurring after January 1, 2011. The Company’s modifications generally include interest rate adjustments, principal reductions, and amortization and maturity date extensions. These modifications allow the debtor short-term cash relief to allow them to improve their financial condition. The Company’s restructured loans are individually evaluated for impairment and evaluated as part of the allowance for loan loss as described above in the Allowance for Loan Losses section of this note. There was no significant impact to the allowance for loan losses as a result of adopting the new guidance.

The Company had $36$347 thousand and $534 thousand in commitments to lend to borrowers with loan modifications classified as TDR’s.

TDR’s as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Company made no TDR’s in the last 12 months that had payment defaults for the year ended December 31, 2011.2013.

69


This table provides a summary of loans restructured by class forduring the yearyears ended December 31, 20112013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

  For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

  Year Ended December 31, 2013 Year Ended December 31, 2012 
  Number of
Contracts


   Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment


   Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment


  Number
of
Contracts
 Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 Number
of
Contracts
 Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

               

Commercial:

               

Commercial

   3    $1,750    $1,750    2   $1,128   $1,066    7   $9,800   $9,775  

Commercial—credit card

   —       —       —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Real estate:

               

Real estate—construction

   —       —       —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Real estate—commercial

   2     2,806     2,866    1    937    937    1    54    54  

Real estate—residential

   3     1,462     1,462    —      —      —      —      —      —    

Real estate—HELOC

   —       —       —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Consumer:

               

Consumer—credit card

   —       —       —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Consumer—other

   —       —       —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Leases

   —       —       —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  


  


  


 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

   8    $6,018    $6,078    3   $2,065   $2,003    8   $9,854   $9,829  
  


  


  


 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

4.SECURITIES

Securities Available for Sale

This table provides detailed information about securities available for sale at December 31, 20112013 and 20102012 (in thousands):

 

2011


  Amortized
Cost


   Gross
Unrealized
Gains


   Gross
Unrealized
Losses


  Fair Value

 

U.S. Treasury

  $184,523    $4,802    $—     $189,325  

U.S. Agencies

   1,615,637     16,434     (62  1,632,009  

Mortgage-backed

   2,437,282     55,985     (919  2,492,348  

State and political subdivisions

   1,642,844     51,336     (144  1,694,036  

Corporates

   99,620     566     (22  100,164  
   


  


  


 


Total

  $5,979,906    $129,123    $(1,147 $6,107,882  
   


  


  


 


2010


  Amortized
Cost


   Gross
Unrealized
Gains


   Gross
Unrealized
Losses


  Fair Value

 

U.S. Treasury

  $482,912    $3,801    $—     $486,713  

U.S. Agencies

   1,994,696     12,567     (6,965  2,000,298  

Mortgage-backed

   1,813,023     33,718     (13,266  1,833,475  

State and political subdivisions

   1,252,067     18,347     (8,139  1,262,275  

Corporates

   30,453     7     (174  30,286  
   


  


  


 


Total

  $5,573,151    $68,440    $(28,544 $5,613,047  
   


  


  


 


70


2013

  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value 

U.S. Treasury

  $110,789    $284    $(873 $110,200  

U.S. Agencies

   1,258,176     2,793     (3,306  1,257,663  

Mortgage-backed

   2,984,963     23,942     (64,339  2,944,566  

State and political subdivisions

   2,003,509     23,493     (31,756  1,995,246  

Corporates

   457,275     902     (3,441  454,736  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $6,814,712    $51,414    $(103,715 $6,762,411  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

2012

  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value 

U.S. Treasury

  $116,856    $1,166    $(171 $117,851  

U.S. Agencies

   1,019,640     6,597     (122  1,026,115  

Mortgage-backed

   3,480,006     78,600     (2,413  3,556,193  

State and political subdivisions

   1,842,715     51,341     (1,372  1,892,684  

Corporates

   337,706     1,945     (764  338,887  

Commercial Paper

   5,733     —       —      5,733  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $6,802,656    $139,649    $(4,842 $6,937,463  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table presents contractual maturity information for securities available for sale at December 31, 20112013 (in thousands):

 

   Amortized
Cost


   Fair
Value


 

Due in 1 year or less

  $792,158    $796,967  

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   2,166,689     2,206,866  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   495,313     520,474  

Due after 10 years

   88,464     91,227  
   


  


Total

   3,542,624     3,615,534  

Mortgage-backed securities

   2,437,282     2,492,348  
   


  


Total securities available for sale

  $5,979,906    $6,107,882  
   


  


   Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value 

Due in 1 year or less

  $523,655    $525,831  

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   2,377,330     2,387,937  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   757,277     746,052  

Due after 10 years

   171,487     158,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   3,829,749     3,817,845  

Mortgage-backed securities

   2,984,963     2,944,566  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $6,814,712    $6,762,411  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities may be disposed of before contractual maturities due to sales by the Company or because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

During 2011, proceedsProceeds from the sales of securities available for sale were $0.7 billion and $1.0 billion compared to $649.1 million for 2010.2013 and 2012, respectively. Securities transactions resulted in gross realized gains of $8.7 million for 2013, $20.2 million for 2012, and $16.2 million for 2011, $8.5 million for 2010 and $9.8 million for 2009.2011. The gross realized losses were $200 thousand for 2013, $30 thousand for 2012, and $70 thousand for 2011, $229 thousand2011.

Securities available for 2010,sale and $15 thousandheld to maturity with a market value of $5.9 billion for 2009.both December 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, were pledged to secure U.S. Government deposits, other public deposits and certain trust deposits as required by law. Of this amount, securities with a market value of $1.7 billion at December 31, 2013 and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2012 were pledged at the Federal Reserve Discount Window but were unencumbered as of those dates.

The following table shows the Company’s available for sale investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands).

 

2013

  Less than 12 months  12 months or more  Total 

Description of Securities

  Fair Value   Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value   Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value   Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Treasury

  $39,822    $(873 $—      $—     $39,822    $(873

U.S. Agencies

   675,509     (3,130  9,824     (176  685,333     (3,306

Mortgage-backed

   1,945,964     (60,719  89,147     (3,620  2,035,111     (64,339

State and political subdivisions

   662,225     (25,064  87,061��    (6,692  749,286     (31,756

Corporates

   271,834     (2,458  41,522     (983  313,356     (3,441

Commercial Paper

   —       —      —       —      —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total temporarily- impaired debt securities available for sale

  $3,595,354    $(92,244 $227,554    $(11,471 $3,822,908    $(103,715
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012

  Less than 12 months  12 months or more  Total 

Description of Securities

  Fair Value   Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value   Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value   Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Treasury

  $29,747    $(171 $—      $    —     $29,747    $(171

U.S. Agencies

   295,747     (122  —       —      295,747     (122

Mortgage-backed

   398,384     (2,413  —       —      398,384     (2,413

State and political subdivisions

   132,951     (1,358  2,604     (14  135,555     (1,372

Corporates

   178,564     (764  —       —      178,564     (764

Commercial Paper

   5,733     —      —       —      5,733     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total temporarily-impaired debt securities available for sale

  $1,041,126    $(4,828 $2,604    $(14 $1,043,730    $(4,842
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The unrealized losses in the Company’s investments in U.S. treasury obligations, U.S. government agencies, federal agency mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, and corporates were caused by changes in interest rates. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and does not believe it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before a recovery of fair value. The Company expects to recover its cost basis in the securities and does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.

Securities Held to Maturity

The table below provides detailed information for securities held to maturity at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

2013

  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
 

State and political subdivisions

  $209,770    $21,740    $    —      $231,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

State and political subdivisions

  $114,756    $14,739    $    —      $129,495  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents contractual maturity information for securities held to maturity at December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value 

Due in 1 year or less

  $40    $44  

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   31,387     34,640  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   97,929     108,078  

Due after 10 years

   80,414     88,748  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

  $209,770    $231,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

There were no sales of securities held to maturity during 2013, 2012, or 2011.

Trading Securities

The net unrealized gains on trading securities at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were $151 thousand, $403 thousand, and $571 thousand, net unrealized losses on trading securities were $10 thousand for 2010, and net unrealized gains on trading securities were $110 thousand for 2009.respectively. Net unrealized gains/losses were included in trading and investment banking income on the consolidated statements of income.

Federal Reserve Bank Stock and Other Securities Held to Maturity

The table below provides detailed information for Federal Reserve Bank stock and other securities held to maturity at December 31, 20112013 and 20102012 (in thousands):

 

2011


  Amortized
Cost


   Gross
Unrealized
Gains


   Gross
Unrealized
Losses


   Fair
Value

 

State and political subdivisions

  $89,246    $13,041    $—      $102,287  
   


  


  


  


2010


                
   


  


  


  


State and political subdivisions

  $63,566    $5,186    $—      $68,752  
   


  


  


  


2013

  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value 

Federal Reserve Bank stock

  $16,279    $—      $    —      $16,279  

Other securities—marketable

   20     16,612     —       16,632  

Other securities—non-marketable

   17,139     432     —       17,571  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

  $33,438    $17,044    $—      $50,482  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012

                

Federal Reserve Bank stock

  $11,779    $—      $—      $11,779  

Other securities—non-marketable

   14,281     273     —       14,554  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

  $26,060    $273    $—      $26,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank stock is based on the capital structure of the investing bank and is carried at cost. Other marketable and non-marketable securities include Prairie Capital Management alternative investments in hedge funds and private equity funds, which are accounted for as equity-method investments. The following table presents contractual maturity information forfair value of other marketable securities held to maturityincludes alternative investment securities of $16.6 million at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

   Amortized
Cost


   Fair
Value

 

Due in 1 year or less

  $256    $293  

Due after 1 year through 5 years

   30,154     34,560  

Due after 5 years through 10 years

   17,562     20,128  

Due after 10 years

   41,274     47,306  
   


  


Total securities held to maturity

  $89,246    $102,287  
   


  


71


Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

There were no sales of securities held to maturity during 2011, 2010, and 2009.

Securities available for sale and held to maturity with a market2013. The fair value of $5.4 billionother non-marketable securities includes alternative investment securities of $4.7 million at December 31, 2011,2013 and $4.6 billion$2.2 million at December 31, 2010, were pledged to secure U.S. Government deposits, other public deposits and certain trust deposits as required by law.

The following table shows2012. Unrealized gains or losses on alternative investments are recognized in the Equity Earnings on Alternative Investments line of the Company’s availableConsolidated Statements of Income. Unrealized gains on alternative investments of $422 thousand were recorded in the other noninterest income line of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income in the previously filed Form 10-K for sale investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, atthe year-ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands).

000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000

2011


  Less than 12 months

  12 months or more

  Total

 

Description of Securities


  Fair Value

   Unrealized
Losses


  Fair
Value


   Unrealized
Losses


  Fair Value

   Unrealized
Losses


 

U.S. Treasury

  $—      $—     $—      $—     $—      $—    

U.S. Agencies

   66,992     (62  —       —      66,992     (62

Mortgage-backed

   226,081     (919  —       —      226,081     (919

State and political subdivisions

   45,918     (139  2,571     (5  48,489     (144

Corporates

   12,471     (22  —       —      12,471     (22
   


  


 


  


 


  


Total temporarily- impaired debt
securities available for sale

  $351,462    $(1,142 $2,571    $(5 $354,033    $(1,147
   


  


 


  


 


  


2010


  Less than 12 months

  12 months or more

   Total

 

Description of Securities


  Fair Value

   Unrealized
Losses


  Fair
Value


   Unrealized
Losses


   Fair Value

   Unrealized
Losses


 

U.S. Treasury

  $—      $—     $—      $—      $—      $—    

U.S. Agencies

   515,230     (6,965  —       —       515,230     (6,965

Mortgage-backed

   541,061     (13,266  —       —       541,061     (13,266

State and political subdivisions

   374,350     (8,139  —       —       374,350     (8,139

Corporates

   26,774     (174  —       —       26,774     (174
   


  


 


  


  


  


Total temporarily-impaired debt
securities available for sale

  $1,457,415    $(28,544 $—      $—      $1,457,415    $(28,544
   


  


 


  


  


  


The unrealized losses in2012. This amount was moved to Equity Earnings on Alternative Investments line of the Company’s investments in direct obligationsConsolidated Statements of U.S. treasury obligations, U.S. government agencies, federal agency mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, and corporates were caused by changes in interest rates. BecauseIncome within this filing to conform to the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities, it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these securities before a recovery of fair value. The Company expects to recover its cost basis in the securities and does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.current year presentation.

5.SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL

The Company regularly enters into agreements for the purchase of securities with simultaneous agreements to resell (resell agreements). The agreements permit the Company to sell or repledge these securities. Resell agreements were $53.0$75.2 million and $230.9$57.2 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. Of those balances, $200.0 million in 2010, represented sales of securities in which securities were received under reverse repurchase agreements (resell agreements). The Company obtains possession of collateral with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount loaned under resaleresell agreements.

72


6.  LOANS TO OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Certain Company and principal affiliate bankBank executive officers and directors, including companies in which those persons are principal holders of equity securities or are general partners, borrow in the normal course of business from affiliate banks of the Company.Bank. All such loans have been made on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. In addition, all such loans are current as to repayment terms.

For the years 20112013 and 2010,2012, an analysis of activity with respect to such aggregate loans to related parties appears below (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31

 
   2011

  2010

 

Balance—beginning of year

  $302,894   $358,476  

New loans

   212,800    267,623  

Repayments

   (248,825  (323,205
   


 


Balance—end of year

  $266,869   $302,894  
   


 


   Year Ended December 31 
   2013  2012 

Balance—beginning of year

  $480,291   $266,869  

New loans

   149,709    487,455  

Repayments

   (136,627  (274,033
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance—end of year

  $493,373   $480,291  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

7.  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the periods ended December 31, 20112013 and December 31, 20102012 by operating segment are as follows (in thousands):

 

   Commercial
Financial
Services


   Institutional
Financial
Services


   Personal
Financial
Services


   Total

 

Balances as of January 1, 2010

  $42,845    $51,339    $37,172    $131,356  

Prairie Capital Management, LLC acquired during period

   —       —       32,228     32,228  

Reams Asset Management, LLC acquired during period

   —       47,530     —       47,530  
   


  


  


  


Balances as of December 31, 2010

  $42,845    $98,869    $69,400    $211,114  
   


  


  


  


Balances as of January 1, 2011

  $42,845    $98,869    $69,400    $211,114  
   


  


  


  


Balances as of December 31, 2011

  $42,845    $98,869    $69,400    $211,114  
   


  


  


  


   Bank  Institutional
Investment
Management
   Asset
Servicing
   Total 

Balances as of January 1, 2012

  $144,109   $47,529    $19,476    $211,114  

Goodwill disposals during period

   (1,356  —       —       (1,356
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2012

  $142,753   $47,529    $19,476    $209,758  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of January 1, 2013

  $142,753   $47,529    $19,476    $209,758  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2013

  $142,753   $47,529    $19,476    $209,758  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Following are the intangible assets that continue to be subject to amortization as of December 31, 20112013 and 20102012 (in thousands):

 

   As of December 31, 2011

 
   Gross Carrying
Amount


   Accumulated
Amortization


   Net Carrying
Amount


 

Core deposit intangible assets

  $36,497    $28,629    $7,868  

Customer relationships

   105,544     30,645     74,899  

Other intangible assets

   3,247     1,683     1,564  
   


  


  


Total intangible assets

  $145,288    $60,957    $84,331  
   


  


  


   As of December 31, 2010

 

Core deposit intangible assets

  $36,497    $26,700    $9,797  

Customer relationships

   97,410     17,169     80,241  

Other intangible assets

   3,247     988     2,259  
   


  


  


Total intangible assets

  $137,154    $44,857    $92,297  
   


  


  


73


Intangible assets acquired include customer lists and non-compete agreements.

   As of December 31, 2013 
   Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net Carrying
Amount
 

Core deposit intangible assets

  $36,497    $31,674    $4,823  

Customer relationships

   103,960     54,062     49,898  

Other intangible assets

   3,247     2,383     864  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

  $143,704    $88,119    $55,585  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   As of December 31, 2012 

Core deposit intangible assets

  $36,497    $30,403    $6,094  

Customer relationships

   103,960     42,399     61,561  

Other intangible assets

   3,247     2,099     1,148  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

  $143,704    $74,901    $68,803  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 2010, and 2009 was $16.1$13.2 million, $11.1$14.8 million and $6.2$16.1 million, respectively. The following table discloses the estimated amortization expense of intangible assets in future years (in thousands):

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012

  $14,855  

For the year ended December 31, 2013

   13,408  

For the year ended December 31, 2014

   12,335  

For the year ended December 31, 2015

   9,739  

For the year ended December 31, 2016

   8,446  

For the year ending December 31, 2014

  $12,146  

For the year ending December 31, 2015

   9,550  

For the year ending December 31, 2016

   8,342  

For the year ending December 31, 2017

   7,098  

For the year ending December 31, 2018

   4,908  

8.  BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Bank premises and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   December 31

 
   2011

  2010

 

Land

  $44,855   $45,036  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

   284,843    278,038  

Equipment

   105,244    110,739  

Software

   96,047    92,347  
   


 


    530,989    526,160  

Accumulated depreciation

   (223,884  (226,836

Accumulated amortization

   (79,169  (79,597
   


 


Bank premises and equipment, net

  $227,936   $219,727  
   


 


   December 31 
   2013  2012 

Land

  $44,731   $45,578  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

   300,175    295,147  

Equipment

   124,992    121,979  

Software

   121,974    105,284  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   591,872    567,988  

Accumulated depreciation

   (247,519  (237,054

Accumulated amortization

   (94,664  (86,334
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment, net

  $249,689   $244,600  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated rental and operating lease expenses were $10.9 million in 2013, $10.8 million in 2012, and $10.1 million in 2011, $8.7 million in 2010, and $8.3 million in 2009.2011. Consolidated bank premises and equipment depreciation and amortization expenses were $31.0 million in 2013, $26.1 million in 2012, and $26.8 million in 2011, $28.2 million in 2010, and $31.9 million in 2009.2011.

Minimum future rental commitments as of December 31, 2011,2013, for all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

  $8,023  

2013

   7,736  

2014

   7,118  

2015

   6,648  

2016

   6,169  

Thereafter

   34,859  
   


Total

  $70,553  
   


74


2014

  $7,986  

2015

   7,291  

2016

   6,405  

2017

   6,193  

2018

   5,960  

Thereafter

   28,415  
  

 

 

 

Total

  $62,250  
  

 

 

 

9.  BORROWED FUNDS

The components of the Company’s short-term and long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

 

   December 31

 
   2011

   2010

 

Short-term debt:

          

U. S. Treasury demand notes and other

  $—      $29,670  

Federal Home Loan Bank Repo Advance 0.35% due 2012

   2,000     4,350  

Federal Home Loan Bank 3.27% due 2011

   —       1,200  

Wells Fargo Bank 1.25% due 2012

   10,000     —    
   


  


Total short-term debt

   12,000     35,220  
   


  


Long-term debt:

          

Federal Home Loan Bank 5.54% due 2021

   —       1,206  

Federal Home Loan Bank 5.89% due 2014

   893     1,245  

Kansas Equity Fund IV, L.P. 0% due 2016

   420     544  

Kansas Equity Fund V, L.P. 0% due 2017

   288     345  

Kansas Equity Fund VI, L.P. 0% due 2018

   629     759  

Kansas Equity Fund IX, L.P. 0% due 2020

   483     —    

Kansas City Equity Fund 2007, L.L.C. 0% due 2016

   531     603  

Kansas City Equity Fund 2008, L.L.C. 0% due 2014

   497     741  

Kansas City Equity Fund 2009, L.L.C. 0% due 2017

   770     904  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2005 L.L.C. 0% due 2013

   10     128  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2006 L.L.C. 0% due 2013

   67     109  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2007 L.L.C. 0% due 2015

   484     630  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2008 L.L.C. 0% due 2016

   610     760  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2009 L.L.C. 0% due 2017

   847     910  
   


  


Total long-term debt

   6,529     8,884  
   


  


Total borrowed funds

  $18,529    $44,104  
   


  


   December 31 
   2013   2012 

Short-term debt:

    

Federal Home Loan Bank 5.89% due 2014

  $107    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

   107     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

    

Federal Home Loan Bank 5.89% due 2014

   —       514  

Kansas Equity Fund IV, L.P. 0% due 2017

   173     297  

Kansas Equity Fund V, L.P. 0% due 2017

   176     232  

Kansas Equity Fund VI, L.P. 0% due 2017

   369     499  

Kansas Equity Fund IX, L.P. 0% due 2023

   408     462  

Kansas Equity Fund X, L.P. 0% due 2021

   469     495  

Kansas City Equity Fund 2007, L.L.C. 0% due 2016

   162     308  

Kansas City Equity Fund 2008, L.L.C. 0% due 2016

   290     431  

Kansas City Equity Fund 2009, L.L.C. 0% due 2017

   504     637  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2005 L.L.C. 0% due 2014

   —       10  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2006 L.L.C. 0% due 2014

   —       32  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2007 L.L.C. 0% due 2016

   179     325  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2008 L.L.C. 0% due 2016

   310     460  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2009 L.L.C. 0% due 2017

   544     695  

St. Louis Equity Fund 2012 L.L.C. 0% due 2020

   481     482  

MHEG Community Fund 41, L.P. 0% due 2024

   990     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   5,055     5,879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowed funds

  $5,162    $5,879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aggregate annual repayments of long-term debt at December 31, 2011,2013, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

  $1,600  

2013

   1,657  

2014

   1,249    $1,396  

2015

   916     1,175  

2016

   636     855  

2017

   475  

2018

   339  

Thereafter

   471     815  
  


  

 

 

Total

  $6,529    $5,055  
  


  

 

 

All of the Federal Home Loan Bank notes are secured by investment securities of the Company. Federal Home Loan Bank notes require monthly principal and interest payments and may require a penalty for payoff prior to the maturity date.

The Company has a revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo, N.A. which allows the Company to borrow up to $25.0 million for general working capital purposes. The interest rate applied to borrowed balances will be at the Company’s option either 1.00 percent above LIBOR or 1.75 percent below Prime on the date of an advance. The Company will also pay a 0.2 percent unused commitment fee for unused portions of the line of credit. As shown above, theThe Company had a $10.0 million advancecurrently has no outstanding at December 31, 2011 with an interest ratebalance on this line of 1.25 percent with an original maturity of January 2012. This advance was renewed with a maturity of March 2012.credit.

75


The Company enters into sales of securities with simultaneous agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements). The amounts received under these agreements represent short-term borrowings. The amount outstanding at December 31, 2011,2013, was $1.9$1.6 billion (with accrued interest payable of $18$8 thousand). The amount outstanding at December 31, 2010,2012, was $2.1$1.8 billion (with accrued interest payable of $35$16 thousand), which consisted of $200.0 million representing sales of securities in which securities were received under reverse repurchase agreements (resell agreements) and $2.3 billion of sales of U.S. Treasury and Agency securities from the Company’s securities portfolio.

.

The carrying amounts and market values of the securities and the related repurchase liabilities and weighted average interest rates of the repurchase liabilities (grouped by maturity of the repurchase agreements) were as follows as of December 31, 20112013 (in thousands):

 

Maturity of the Repurchase Liabilities


  Securities Market
Value


   Repurchase
Liabilities


   Weighted Average
Interest Rate


 

On Demand

  $8,963    $8,948     0.01

2 to 30 days

   1,947,845     1,939,083     0.11  
   


  


  


Total

  $1,956,808    $1,948,031     0.11
   


  


  


Maturity of the Repurchase Liabilities

  Securities Market
Value
   Repurchase
Liabilities
   Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 

On Demand

  $6,351    $6,351     0.01

2 to 30 days

   1,582,462     1,563,783     0.19  

Over 90 Days

   251     250     0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,589,064    $1,570,384     0.19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

10.  REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Payment of dividends by the affiliate banksBank to the parent company is subject to various regulatory restrictions. For national banks, the governing regulatory agency must approve the declaration of any dividends generally in excess of the sum of net income for that year and retained net income for the preceding two years. At December 31, 2011, approximately $22.0 million of the equity of the affiliate banks and non-bank subsidiaries was available for distribution as dividends to the parent company without prior regulatory approval or without reducing the capital of the respective affiliate banks below minimum levels.

Certain affiliate banks maintainThe Bank maintains a reserve balancesbalance with the Federal Reserve Bank as required by law. During 2011,2013, this amount averaged $696.5$639.7 million, compared to $347.3$467.6 million in 2010.

2012.

The Company is required to maintain minimum amounts of capital to total “risk weighted” assets, as defined by the banking regulators. At December 31, 2011,2013, the Company is required to have minimum Tiertier 1 and Totaltotal capital ratios of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively. The Company’s actual ratios at that date were 11.20%13.61% and 12.20%14.43%, respectively. The Company’sCompany is required to have a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, and the leverage ratio at December 31, 2011,2013, was 6.71%8.41%.

As of December 31, 2011,2013, the most recent notification from the Office of Comptroller of the Currency categorized all of the affiliate banksBank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized all of the Company’s affiliate banksBank must maintain total risk-based, Tiertier 1 risk-based and Tiertier 1 leverage ratios of 10.0%, 6.0% and 5.0%, respectively. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the affiliate banks’Bank’s category.

In July 2013 the Federal Reserve approved a final rule to implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule increases minimum requirements for both the quantity and quality of capital held by banking organizations. The rule includes a new minimum ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-

weighted assets of 4.5% and a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The final rule also adjusted the methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity. Beginning January 1, 2015, the Company must be compliant with revised minimum regulatory capital ratios and will begin the transitional period for definitions of regulatory capital and regulatory capital adjustments and deductions established under the final rule. Compliance with the risk-weighted asset calculations will be required on January 1, 2015. The Company believes its current capital ratios are higher than those required in the final rule.

76In addition, under amendments to the BHCA effected by the Dodd-Frank Act and commonly known as the Volcker Rule, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to extensive limits on proprietary trading and on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds. The limits on proprietary trading are largely focused on purchases or sales of financial instruments by a banking entity as principal primarily for the purpose of short-term resale, benefitting from actual or expected short-term price movements, or realizing short-term arbitrage profits. The limits on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds are designed to ensure that banking entities generally maintain only small positions in managed or advised funds and are not exposed to significant losses arising directly or indirectly from them. The Volcker Rule also provides for increased capital charges, quantitative limits, rigorous compliance programs, and other restrictions on permitted proprietary trading and fund activities, including a prohibition on transactions with a covered fund that would constitute a covered transaction under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. The Company is currently assessing the impact to its businesses of the final regulation implementing the Volcker Rule, which was issued in December 2013, and have until July 21, 2015, to fully conform its activities.


Actual capital amounts as well as required and well-capitalized Tiertier 1, Totaltotal and Tiertier 1 Leverage ratios as of December 31, for the Company and its banks are as follows (in thousands):

 

   2011

 
   Actual

  For
Capital Adequacy
Purposes


  To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions


 
   Amount

   Ratio

  Amount

   Ratio

  Amount

   Ratio

 

Tier 1 Capital:

                            

UMB Financial Corporation

  $823,187     11.20 $294,029     4.00 $N/A     N/A

UMB Bank, n. a.

   643,972     10.68    241,188     4.00    361,782     6.00  

UMB National Bank of America, n.a.

   58,620     18.85    12,442     4.00    18,663     6.00  

UMB Bank Colorado, n.a.

   103,867     11.74    35,393     4.00    53,089     6.00  

UMB Bank Arizona, n.a.

   15,303     9.83    6,229     4.00    9,344     6.00  

Total Capital:

                            

UMB Financial Corporation

   896,924     12.20    588,058     8.00    N/A     N/A  

UMB Bank, n. a.

   707,010     11.73    482,376     8.00    602,971     10.00  

UMB National Bank of America, n.a.

   60,579     19.48    24,884     8.00    31,105     10.00  

UMB Bank Colorado, n.a.

   110,291     12.46    70,785     8.00    88,482     10.00  

UMB Bank Arizona, n.a.

   17,254     11.08    12,459     8.00    15,574     10.00  

Tier 1 Leverage:

                            

UMB Financial Corporation

   823,187     6.71    490,374     4.00    N/A     N/A  

UMB Bank, n. a.

   643,972     6.32    407,693     4.00    509,616     5.00  

UMB National Bank of America, n.a.

   58,620     9.02    26,006     4.00    32,507     5.00  

UMB Bank Colorado, n.a.

   103,867     7.00    59,352     4.00    74,190     5.00  

UMB Bank Arizona, n.a.

   15,303     10.87    5,633     4.00    7,041     5.00  

  2013 
  Actual For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
 To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
  2010

   Amount   Ratio Amount   Ratio Amount   Ratio 

Tier 1 Capital:

                      

UMB Financial Corporation

  $738,763     11.30 $261,485     4.00 $N/A     N/A  $1,285,100     13.61 $377,681     4.00 $N/A     N/A

UMB Bank, n. a.

   595,432     10.83    219,827     4.00    329,741     6.00     1,095,446     11.73    373,509     4.00    560,264     6.00  

UMB National Bank of America, n.a.

   50,724     16.02    12,666     4.00    18,999     6.00  

UMB Bank Colorado, n.a.

   88,532     11.94    29,669     4.00    44,504     6.00  

UMB Bank Arizona, n.a.

   11,011     9.91    4,444     4.00    6,666     6.00  

Total Capital:

                      

UMB Financial Corporation

   813,713     12.45    522,971     8.00    N/A     N/A     1,362,015     14.43    755,361     8.00    N/A     N/A  

UMB Bank, n. a.

   659,951     12.01    439,655     8.00    549,569     10.00     1,172,361     12.56    747,018     8.00    933,773     10.00  

UMB National Bank of America, n.a.

   52,662     16.63    25,332     8.00    31,665     10.00  

UMB Bank Colorado, n.a.

   95,573     12.89    59,339     8.00    74,174     10.00  

UMB Bank Arizona, n.a.

   12,401     11.16    8,888     8.00    11,111     10.00  

Tier 1 Leverage:

                      

UMB Financial Corporation

   738,763     6.56    450,619     4.00    N/A     N/A     1,285,100     8.41    611,206     4.00    N/A     N/A  

UMB Bank, n. a.

   595,432     6.15    387,303     4.00    484,129     5.00     1,095,446     7.21    608,148     4.00    760,185     5.00  

UMB National Bank of America, n.a.

   50,724     7.87    25,771     4.00    32,214     5.00  

UMB Bank Colorado, n.a.

   88,532     7.17    49,357     4.00    61,696     5.00  

UMB Bank Arizona, n.a.

   11,011     10.16    4,334     4.00    5,418     5.00  
  2012 

Tier 1 Capital:

          

UMB Financial Corporation

  $926,465     11.05 $335,449     4.00 $N/A     N/A

UMB Bank, n. a.

   875,645     10.54    332,363     4.00    498,544     6.00  

Total Capital:

          

UMB Financial Corporation

   999,757     11.92    670,898     8.00    N/A     N/A  

UMB Bank, n. a.

   948,937     11.42    664,726     8.00    830,907     10.00  

Tier 1 Leverage:

          

UMB Financial Corporation

   926,465     6.81    544,564     4.00    N/A     N/A  

UMB Bank, n. a.

   875,645     7.58    462,152     4.00    577,690     5.00  

77


11.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company has a discretionary noncontributory profit sharing plan, which features an employee stock ownership plan. This plan is for the benefit of substantially all eligible officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company has accrued and anticipates making a discretionary payment of $2.0$2.5 million in March 2012,2014, for 2011.2013. A $2.5 million contribution was paid in 2013, for 2012. A $2.0 million contribution was paid in 2011,2012, for 2010. A $3.0 million contribution was paid in 2010, for 2009.

2011.

The Company has a qualified 401(k) profit sharing plan that permits participants to make contributions by salary deduction. The Company made a matching contribution to this plan of $3.2$5.1 million in 2011,2013, for 20102012 and $3.2$4.5 million in 2010,2012, for 2009.2011. The Company anticipates making a matching contribution of $4.5$5.4 million in March 2012,2014, for 2011.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of its options. The assumptions for stock-based awards in the past three years utilized in the model are shown in the table below.

Black-Scholes pricing model:


  2011

  2010

  2009

 

Weighted average fair value of the granted options

  $9.73   $8.32   $8.74  

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

   2.65  2.77  2.13

Expected option life in years

   6.25    6.25    6.25  

Expected volatility

   24.54  23.25  22.28

Expected dividend yield

   1.80  1.96  1.57

The expected option life is derived from historical exercise patterns and represents the amount of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of the Company’s stock. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

2013.

The Company recognized $2.1$2.0 million, $2.1$2.3 million, and $1.8$2.1 million in expense related to outstanding stock options and $4.4$5.9 million, $4.0$4.6 million, and $3.5$4.4 million in expense related to outstanding restricted stock grants for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010,2013, 2012, and 2009,2011, respectively. The Company has $4.3$4.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the outstanding options and $8.8$12.4 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding restricted stock grants at December 31, 2011.2013.

2002 Incentive Stock Option Plan

On April 18, 2002, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2002 Incentive Stock Options Plan (the 2002 Plan), which provides incentive options to certain key employees to receive up to 2,000,0002 million common shares of the Company. All options that are issued under the 2002 Plan are in effect for 10 years (except for any option granted to a person holding more than 10 percent of the Company’s stock, in which case the option is in effect for five years). All options issued prior to 2005, under the 2002 Plan, could not be exercised until at least four years 11 months after the date they are granted. Options issued in 2006, 2007, and 2008 under the 2002 Plan, have a vesting schedule of 50 percent after three years; 75 percent after four years and 100 percent after four years and eleven months. Except under circumstances of death, disability or certain retirements, the options cannot be exercised after the grantee has left the employment of the Company or its subsidiaries. The exercise period for an option may be accelerated upon the optionee’s qualified disability, retirement or death. All options expire at the end of the exercise period. Prior to 2006, the Company made no recognition in the balance sheet of the options until such options were exercised and no amounts applicable thereto were reflected in net income as all options were granted at strike prices at the then current fair value of the underlying shares. For options granted after January 1, 2006, compensation expense is recognized on unvested options outstanding. Options are granted at exercise prices of no less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the underlying shares based on the fair value of the option at date of grant. On January 25, 2011, the Board of Directors amended and froze the 2002 Plan such that no shares of Company stock shall thereafter be available for grants under the 2002 Plan. Existing awards granted under the 2002 Plan will continue in accordance with their terms under the 2002 Plan. The plan terminatesexpired without modification on April 17, 2012.

78


The table below discloses the information relating to option activity in 2011,2013, under the 2002 Plan:

 

Stock Options

Under the 2002 Plan


  Number
of Shares

  Weighted Average
Price Per Share


   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term


   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value


 

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

   680,858   $32.99            

Granted

   —      —              

Canceled

   (22,595  38.86            

Exercised

   (27,754  24.87            
   


 


          

Outstanding—December 31, 2011

   630,509    33.16     4.3     2,581,756  
   


 


  


  


Exercisable—December 31, 2011

   546,884    32.14            
   


 


          

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable— December 31, 2011

   622,344    33.05     4.3     2,612,303  
   


 


  


  


Stock Options Under the 2002 Plan

  Number
of Shares
  Weighted Average
Price Per Share
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding—December 31, 2012

   492,849    34.71      

Granted

   —      —        

Canceled

   (16,359  35.13      

Exercised

   (134,999  31.26      
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

   341,491    36.05     3.0    $9,640,274  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable—December 31, 2013

   341,491    36.05      
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable— December 31, 2013

   341,491    36.05     3.0    $9,640,274  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

No options were granted under the 2002 Plan during 2009, 20102011, 2012 or 2011.2013. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 2010, and 2009 was $1.1$3.4 million, $1.2$2.0 million, and $1.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011,2013, there was $526 thousand ofno unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested shares. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 1.6 years.

On April 16, 1992, the shareholders of the Company approved the 1992 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the 1992 Plan), which provides incentive options to certain key employees for up to 1,000,000 common shares of the Company. Of the options granted prior to 1998, 40 percent are exercisable two years from the date of the grant and are thereafter exercisable in 20 percent increments annually, or for such periods or vesting increments as the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, specify (which may not exceed 10 years or in the case of a recipient holding more than 10 percent of the Company’s stock, five years), provided that the optionee has remained in the employment of the Company or its subsidiaries. None of the options granted during or after 1998 were exercisable until four years eleven months after the grant date. The exercise period may be accelerated for an option upon the optionee’s qualified disability, retirement or death. All options expire at the end of the exercise period. Prior to 2006, the Company made no recognition in the balance sheet of the options until such options were exercised and no amounts applicable thereto were reflected in net income, because options were granted at exercise prices of no less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the underlying shares at date of grant. No further options may be granted under the 1992 Plan.

The table below discloses the information relating to option activity in 2011, under the 1992 Plan:Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan

Stock Options

Under the 1992 Plan


  Number
of  Shares

  Weighted
Average
Price Per
Share


   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term


   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value


 

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

   43,078   $20.01            

Granted

   —      —              

Canceled

   (5,325  20.01            

Exercised

   (37,753  20.01            
   


 


          

Outstanding—December 31, 2011

   —      —       —       —    
   


 


  


  


Exercisable—December 31, 2011

   —      —       —       —    
   


 


  


  


There were no options granted under the plan during the years 2011, 2010, and 2009. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, there was no unrecognized compensation expense to be recognized for this plan.

79


At the April 26, 2005, shareholders’ meeting, the shareholders approved the UMB Financial Corporation Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (LTIP) which became effective as of January 1, 2005. The PlanLTIP permits the issuance to selected officers of the Company service basedservice-based restricted stock grants, performance-based restricted stock grants and non-qualified stock options. Service-based restricted stock grants contain a service requirement. The performance-based restricted grants contain performance and service requirements. The non-qualified stock options contains a service requirement.

TheAt the April 23, 2013 shareholders’ meeting, the shareholders approved amendments to the LTIP Plan, reserves up to 5,250,000including increasing the shares of the Company’s stock. Ofstock reserved under the total, no more than 1,200,000Plan from 5.25 million shares can be issued as restricted stock. Noto 7.44 million shares. Additionally, the shareholders approved increasing the maximum benefits any one eligible employee may receive more than $1.0 million in benefits under the Planplan during any one fiscal year from $1 million to $2 million taking into account the value of all stock options and restricted stock received during such fiscal year.

received.

The service-based restricted stock grants contain a service requirement.requirement with varying vesting schedules. The majority of these grants utilize a vesting schedule isin which 50 percent of the shares vest after three years of service, 75 percent after four years of service and 100 percent after five years of service.

The remainder of these grants utilize vesting schedules in which the grants vest ratably over three years or contain a three-year cliff vesting.

The performance-based restricted stock grants contain a service and a performance requirement. The performance requirement is based on a predetermined performance requirement over a three year period. The service requirement portion is a three year cliff vesting. If the performance requirement is not met, the executives do not receive the shares.

The dividends on service and performance-based restricted stock grants are treated as two separate transactions. First, cash dividends are paid on the restricted stock. Those cash dividends are then paid to purchase additional shares of restricted stock. Dividends earned as additional shares of restricted stock have the same terms as the associated grant. The dividends paid on the stock are recorded as a reduction to retained earnings (similar to all dividend transactions).

The table below discloses the status of the service basedservice-based restricted shares during 2011:2013:

 

Service Based Restricted Stock


  Number
of Shares


  Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value


 

Nonvested - December 31, 2010

   259,011   $39.86  

Granted

   109,632    41.64  

Canceled

   (10,277  39.79  

Vested

   (49,351  41.83  
   


 


Nonvested - December 31, 2011

   309,015    40.18  
   


 


Service-Based Restricted Stock

  Number
of Shares
  Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Nonvested—December 31, 2012

   372,296   $40.55  

Granted

   166,726    47.60  

Canceled

   (27,703  41.92  

Vested

   (84,397  38.64  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Nonvested—December 31, 2013

   426,922   $43.58  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011,2013, there was $7.3$10.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested shares. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 3.02.9 years. Total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 2010,was $4.3 million, $2.3 million, and 2009 was $2.0 million $2.7 million, and $1.2 million respectively.

The table below discloses the status of the performance basedperformance-based restricted shares during 2011:2013:

 

Performance Based Restricted Stock


  Number
of Shares


  Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value


 

Nonvested—December 31, 2010

   108,658   $38.91  

Granted

   40,833    41.71  

Canceled

   (2,881  38.92  

Vested

   (35,082  37.73  
   


 


Nonvested—December 31, 2011

   111,528    40.31  
   


 


80


Performance-Based Restricted Stock

  Number
of Shares
  Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Nonvested—December 31, 2012

   114,140   $40.02  

Granted

   37,771    45.58  

Canceled

   (4,600  42.67  

Vested

   (35,114  37.84  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Nonvested—December 31, 2013

   112,197   $42.46  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011,2013, there was $1.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested shares. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 1.7 years. Total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 2010was $1.6 million, $1.3 million and 2009, was $1.5 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

The non-qualified stock options carry a service requirement and will vest 50 percent after three years, 75 percent after four years and 100 percent after five years.

The table below discloses the information relating to non-qualified option activity in 20112013 under the LTIP:

 

Stock Options Under the LTIP


  Number
of Shares

 Weighted Average
Price Per Share


   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term


   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value


   Number of
Shares
 Weighted Average
Price Per Share
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

   913,772   $37.33        

Outstanding—December 31, 2012

   1,246,111   $38.97      

Granted

   238,192    41.70           281,299    45.59      

Canceled

   (10,554  40.00           (55,149  41.98      

Exercised

   (12,585  30.77           (130,236  36.74      
  


 


  


  


  

 

  

 

     

Outstanding—December 31, 2011

   1,128,825    38.30     6.7     (1,189,120

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

   1,342,025    40.45     6.4    $31,974,269  
  


 


  


  


  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Exercisable—December 31, 2011

   355,231    34.69        

Exercisable—December 31, 2013

   476,815    37.76      
  


 


        

 

  

 

     

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable—December 31, 2011

   1,076,303    38.23     6.6     (1,051,441

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable—December 31, 2013

   1,274,383   $40.37     6.3    $30,473,151  
  


 


  


  


  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of its options. The assumptions for stock-based awards in the past three years utilized in the model are shown in the table below.

 

Black-Scholes pricing model:

  2013  2012  2011 

Weighted average fair value of the granted options

  $10.18   $8.83   $9.73  

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

   1.49  1.14  2.65

Expected option life in years

   6.25    6.25    6.25  

Expected volatility

   26.36  27.02  24.54

Expected dividend yield

   1.83  1.95  1.80

The expected option life is derived from historical exercise patterns and represents the amount of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of the Company’s stock. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years 2013, 2012, and 2011 2010,was $10.18, $8.83, and 2009 was $9.73, $8.32, and $8.74.$9.73. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 2010was $2.4 million, $1.3 million and 2009, was $476 thousand, $178 thousand and $228 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2011,2013, there was $3.8$4.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested shares. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 3.3 years.

Cash received from options exercised under all share based compensation plans was $1.8$9.0 million, $1.4$6.6 million, and $1.3$1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010,2013, 2012, and 2009,2011, respectively. The tax benefit realized for stock options exercised was $1.2 million in 2013, $359 thousand in 2012 and $79 thousand in 2011, $152 thousand in 2010 and $191 thousand in 2009.

2011.

The Company has no specific policy to repurchase common shares to mitigate the dilutive impact of options; however, the Company has historically made adequate discretionary purchases to satisfy stock option exercise activity. See a description of the Company’s share repurchase plan in Note 1413 to the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, page 8489 of this report.

12.OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The table below discloses the Company’s component of other comprehensive income (loss) during the periods presented, which are comprised of unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities (in thousands):

   2011

  2010

  2009

 

Change in unrealized holding gains, net

  $104,204   $(15,601 $8,725  

Reclassification adjustments for gains included in net income

   (16,125  (8,315  (9,737
   


 


 


Net unrealized holding gains (losses)

   88,079    (23,916  (1,012

Income tax (expense) benefit

   (32,445  8,927    361  
   


 


 


Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $55,634   $(14,989 $(651
   


 


 


81


13.  BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company has strategically aligned its operations into the following four reportable segments (collectively, “Business Segments”): Commercial Financial Services,Bank, Payment Solutions, Institutional Financial Services,Investment Management, and Personal Financial Services.Asset Servicing. Business segment financial results produced by the Company’s internal management reporting system are evaluated regularly by senior executive officers in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance for individual Business Segments. The Business Segments were redefined during the first quarter of 2012 to reflect how executive management responsibilities were changed for each of the core businesses, the products and services provided and the types of customers served, and how financial information is evaluated by management. The management accountingreporting system assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each business segment using methodologies that are refined on an ongoing basis. In 2011, the Business Segments were Commercial Financial Services, Institutional Financial Services, and Personal Financial Services. For comparability purposes, amounts in all periods presented are based on methodologies in effect at December 31, 2011.

2013. Previously reported results have been reclassified to conform to the current organizational structure.

The following summaries provide information about the activities of each segment:

TheCommercial Financial Services Bank serves the commercial lending and leasing, capital markets, and treasury management needs of the Company’s mid-market businesses and governmental entities by offering various products and services. Such services include commercial loans, letters of credit, loan syndication services, consultative services, andprovides a variety of financial options for companies that need non-traditional banking services. Capital markets services include asset-based financing, asset securitization, equity and mezzanine financing, factoring, private and public placement of senior debt, as well as merger and acquisition consulting. Treasury management services include depository services, account reconciliation services, electronic fund transfer services, controlled disbursements, lockbox services, and remote deposit capture services.

Institutional Financial Services is a combinationfull range of banking services fund services,to commercial, retail, government and asset management services provided to institutional clients. This segment also includes consumer and commercial credit card services in addition to healthcare services, mutual fund cash management, and international payments. Institutional Financial Services includes businesses such ascorrespondent bank customers through the Company’s institutional investment services functions, Scout Investment Advisors, UMB Fund Services, corporate trust and escrow services as well as correspondent banking, investment banking, and healthcare services. Products and services include bond trading transactions, cash letter collections, FiServ account processing, investment portfolio accounting and safekeeping, reporting for asset/liability management, and Fed funds transactions. UMB Fund Services provides fund administration and accounting, investor services and transfer agency, marketing and distribution, custody and alternative investment services.

Personal Financial Services combines consumer services and asset management services provided to personal clients. This segment combines the Company’s consumer bank with the individual investment and wealth management solutions. The range of services offered to UMB clients extends from a basic checking account to estate planning and trust services. Products and services include the Company’s bank branches, call center, internet banking, and ATM network, deposit accounts, privatenetwork. Services include traditional commercial and consumer banking, installment loans, home equity lines oftreasury management, leasing, foreign exchange, merchant bankcard, wealth management, brokerage, insurance, capital markets, investment banking, corporate trust, and correspondent banking.

Payment Solutionsprovides consumer and commercial credit residential mortgages, small business loans, brokerageand debit card, prepaid debit card solutions, healthcare services, and insuranceinstitutional cash management. Healthcare services include health savings account and flexible savings account products for healthcare providers, third-party administrators and large employers.

Institutional Investment Management provides equity and fixed income investment strategies in additionthe intermediary and institutional markets via mutual funds, traditional separate accounts and sub-advisory relationships.

Asset Servicing provides services to the asset management industry, supporting a full spectrumrange of investment advisory,products, including mutual funds, alternative investments and managed accounts. Services include fund administration, fund accounting, investor services, transfer agency, distribution, marketing, custody, alternative investment services, managed account services, and collective and multiple-series trust and custody services.

Treasury and Other Adjustments includes asset and liability management activities and miscellaneous other items of a corporate nature not allocated to specific business lines. Corporate eliminations are also allocated to this segment.

82


BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Line of business/segment financial results were as follows:follows (in thousands):

 

  Year Ended December 31

   Year Ended December 31, 2013 
  Commercial Financial Services

   Institutional Financial Services

   Bank   Payment
Solutions
   Institutional
Investment
Management
 Asset
Servicing
   Total 
(dollars in thousands)  2011

   2010

   2009

   2011

   2010

   2009

 

Net interest income

  $163,204    $154,692    $154,618    $53,706    $51,857    $56,169    $285,112    $45,832    $(32 $2,357    $333,269  

Provision for loan losses

   11,184     11,261     16,599     9,166     18,333     14,011     5,112     12,388     —      —       17,500  

Noninterest income

   40,447     37,731     36,972     256,023     219,984     172,980     210,535     74,223     126,442    80,633     491,833  

Noninterest expense

   123,083     119,498     110,819     232,864     205,302     161,524     376,365     86,746     88,336    72,731     624,178  
  


  


  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income before tax

  $69,384    $61,664    $64,172    $67,699    $48,206    $53,614  

Income before taxes

   114,170     20,921     38,074    10,259     183,424  

Income tax expense

   28,532     6,732     10,011    4,184     49,459  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income

  $85,638    $14,189    $28,063   $6,075    $133,965  
  


  


  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Average assets

  $4,224,000    $3,604,000    $3,511,000    $877,000    $714,000    $528,000    $11,148,000    $1,785,000    $79,000   $2,019,000    $15,031,000  

Depreciation and amortization

   8,365     9,288     9,580     19,787     15,125     11,245  

Expenditures for additions to premises and equipment

   6,481     6,789     9,232     15,654     13,503     11,225  

 

000000000000000000000000000000000000
  Year Ended December 31, 2012 
  Personal Financial Services

 Treasury and Other Adjustments

   Bank   Payment
Solutions
   Institutional
Investment
Management
   Asset
Servicing
   Total 
(dollars in thousands)  2011

   2010

   2009

 2011

   2010

   2009

 

Net interest income

  $99,979    $103,701    $92,133   $84    $363    $65    $274,843    $43,350    $2    $1,861    $320,056  

Provision for loan losses

   1,850     1,916     1,490    —       —       —       9,267     8,233     —       —       17,500  

Noninterest income

   103,562     96,885     92,253    14,300     5,770     7,971     214,595     67,887     100,051     75,589     458,122  

Noninterest expense

   194,649     184,833     185,453    12,150     2,989     2,789     381,585     69,095     70,981     68,793     590,454  
  


  


  


 


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net income before tax

  $7,042    $13,837    $(2,557 $2,234    $3,144    $5,247  

Income before taxes

   98,586     33,909     29,072     8,657     170,224  

Income tax expense

   26,452     9,555     8,118     3,382     47,507  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net income

  $72,134    $24,354    $20,954    $5,275    $122,717  
  


  


  


 


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Average assets

  $882,000    $778,000    $836,000   $6,434,000    $6,012,000    $5,236,000    $10,950,000    $876,000    $81,000    $1,482,000    $13,389,000  

Depreciation and amortization

   13,121     12,949     14,789    1,658     2,014     2,493  

Expenditures for additions to premises and equipment

   11,764     10,302     816    1,658     1,998     2,153  

 

  Total Consolidated Company

   Year Ended December 31, 2011 
(dollars in thousands)  2011

   2010

   2009

 
  Bank   Payment
Solutions
   Institutional
Investment
Management
   Asset
Servicing
   Total 

Net interest income

  $316,973    $310,613    $302,985    $273,027    $42,102    $45    $1,799    $316,973  

Provision for loan losses

   22,200     31,510     32,100     13,040     9,160     —       —       22,200  

Noninterest income

   414,332     360,370     310,176     203,815     55,611     84,159     70,747     414,332  

Noninterest expense

   562,746     512,622     460,585     373,529     57,834     65,573     65,810     562,746  
  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net income before tax

  $146,359    $126,851    $120,476  

Income before taxes

   90,273     30,719     18,631     6,736     146,359  

Income tax expense

   22,623     9,057     5,588     2,619     39,887  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net income

  $67,650    $21,662    $13,043    $4,117    $106,472  
  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Average assets

  $12,417,000    $11,108,000    $10,111,000    $10,336,000    $717,000    $90,000    $1,274,000    $12,417,000  

Depreciation and amortization

   42,931     39,376     38,107  

Expenditures for additions to premises and equipment

   35,557     32,592     23,426  

83


14.13.  COMMON STOCK AND EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table summarizes the share transactions for the three years ended December 31, 2011:2013:

 

  Shares
Issued


   Shares in
Treasury


 

Balance December 31, 2008

   55,056,730     (14,108,935

Purchase of Treasury Stock

   —       (703,723

Sale of Treasury Stock

   —       15,376  

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

   —       180,159  
  


  


Balance December 31, 2009

   55,056,730     (14,617,123

Purchase of Treasury Stock

   —       (242,383

Sale of Treasury Stock

   —       21,735  

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

   —       211,122  
  


  


  Shares
Issued
   Shares in
Treasury
 

Balance December 31, 2010

   55,056,730     (14,626,649   55,056,730     (14,626,649

Purchase of Treasury Stock

   —       (254,274   —       (254,274

Sale of Treasury Stock

   —       16,218     —       16,218  

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

   —       234,317     —       234,317  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

Balance December 31, 2011

   55,056,730     (14,630,388   55,056,730     (14,630,388

Purchase of Treasury Stock

   —       (514,824

Sale of Treasury Stock

   —       21,950  

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

   —       407,410  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

Balance December 31, 2012

   55,056,730     (14,715,852

Common stock issuance

     4,485,000  

Purchase of Treasury Stock

   —       (99,402

Sale of Treasury Stock

   —       14,661  

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

   —       480,100  
  

 

   

 

 

Balance December 31, 2013

   55,056,730     (9,835,493
  

 

   

 

 

On September 16, 2013, the Company completed the issuance of 3.9 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of $201.2 million to be used for strategic growth purposes. On October 17, 2013, an additional 585 thousand shares were issued with net proceeds of $30.2 million as a result of the underwriter’s exercising the overallotment of shares. The total increase in shareholder’s equity as a result of the common stock issuance was $231.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2013.

The Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to repurchase up to 2,000,0002 million shares of common stock annually at its 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2011 Annual Meetings of Shareholders.2013 meetings. All open market share purchases under the share repurchase plans are intended to be within the scope of Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 provides a safe harbor for purchases in a given day if the Company satisfies the manner, timing and volume conditions of the rule when purchasing its own common shares. The Company has not made any repurchases other than through these plans.

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share gives effect to all potential common shares that were outstanding during the year.

The shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share, are shown below:

 

   For the Years Ended December 31

 
   2011

   2010

   2009

 

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding

   40,034,435     40,071,751     40,324,437  

Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock

   275,522     239,924     301,902  
   


  


  


Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding

   40,309,957     40,311,675     40,626,339  
   


  


  


   For the Years Ended December 31 
   2013   2012   2011 

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding

   41,275,839     40,034,428     40,034,435  

Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock

   562,741     398,939     275,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding

   41,838,580     40,433,367     40,309,957  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

15.14.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest

rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, standby letters of credit, and futures contracts. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The contract or notional amount of those instruments reflects the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

84


The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit is represented by the contract or notional amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. These conditions generally include, but are not limited to, each customer being current as to repayment terms of existing loans and no deterioration in the customer’s financial condition. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The interest rate is generally a variable rate. If the commitment has a fixed interest rate, the rate is generally not set until such time as credit is extended. For credit card customers, the Company has the right to change or terminate terms or conditions of the credit card account at any time. Since a large portion of the commitments and unused credit card lines are never actually drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on an individual basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral heldpledged by customers varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, real estate, plant and equipment, stock, securities and certificates of deposit.

Commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate trade or commerce. Under the terms of a commercial letter of credit, as a general rule, drafts will be drawn when the underlying transaction is consummated as intended.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company payable upon the non-performance of a customer’s obligation to a third party. The Company issues standby letters of credit for terms ranging from three months to threefive years. The Company generally requires the customer to pledge collateral to support the letter of credit. The maximum liability to the Company under standby letters of credit at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, was $320.1$356.1 million and $308.2$343.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, standby letters of credit totaling $55.9$51.8 million and $76.9$62.5 million, respectively, were with related parties to the Company.

The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities. The Company holds collateral supporting those commitments when deemed necessary. Collateral varies but may include such items as those described for commitments to extend credit.

Futures contracts are contracts for delayed delivery of securities or money market instruments in which the seller agrees to make delivery at a specified future date, of a specified instrument, at a specified yield. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movement in securities values and interest rates. Instruments used in trading activities are carried at market value and gains and losses on futures contracts are settled in cash daily. Any changes in the market value are recognized in trading and investment banking income.

The Company uses contracts to offset interest rate risk on specific securities held in the trading portfolio. Open futures contract positions average notional amount was $34.7$11.4 million and $17.7$22.9 million during the years ended December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. Net futures activity resulted in losses of $0.1 million, $0.6 million and $1.1 million $0.8 millionfor 2013, 2012, and $0.1 million for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Company controls the credit risk of its futures contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures.

The Company also enters into foreign exchange contracts on a limited basis. For operating purposes, the Company maintains certain balances in foreign banks. Foreign exchange contracts are purchased on a monthly basis to avoid foreign exchange risk on these foreign balances. The Company will also enter into foreign exchange contracts to facilitate foreign exchange needs of customers. The Company will enter into a contract to buy or sell a foreign currency at a future date only as part of a contract to sell or buy the foreign currency at the

85


same future date to a customer. During 2011,2013, contracts to purchase and to sell foreign currency averaged approximately $39.9$12.4 million compared to $49.0$68.2 million during 2010.2012. The net gains on these foreign exchange contracts for 2011, 20102013, 2012 and 20092011 were $2.2 million, $1.9$2.3 million and $1.9$2.2 million, respectively.

With respect to group concentrations of credit risk, most of the Company’s business activity is with customers in the states of Missouri, Kansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Nebraska, Arizona, Illinois, and Illinois.Texas. At December 31, 2011,2013, the Company did not have any significant credit concentrations in any particular industry.

The following table summarizes the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments as described above.

 

   Contract or Notional
Amount December 31


 

(in thousands)


  2011

   2010

 

Commitments to extend credit for loans (excluding credit card loans)

  $2,202,838    $1,729,011  

Commitments to extend credit under credit card loans

   2,059,193     1,970,508  

Commercial letters of credit

   19,564     3,537  

Standby letters of credit

   320,119     308,154  

Futures contracts

   30,600     22,400  

Forward foreign exchange contracts

   119,200     3,685  

Spot foreign exchange contracts

   3,040     2,608  

   Contract or Notional
Amount December 31
 

(in thousands)

  2013   2012 

Commitments to extend credit for loans (excluding credit card loans)

  $2,690,268    $2,458,444  

Commitments to extend credit under credit card loans

   2,215,278     2,184,415  

Commercial letters of credit

   5,949     1,041  

Standby letters of credit

   356,054     343,503  

Futures contracts

   —       7,500  

Forward contracts

   21,525     2,005  

Spot foreign exchange contracts

   8,001     2,910  

16.15.  ACQUISITIONS

The following acquisitions were completed during the third and fourth quarters of 2010 and the second quarter of 2009.2010. The pro-forma impact of these transactions was not material. Each of these acquisitions havehas a contingent consideration liability measured at fair value through earnings which has had payments and valuation adjustments applied since the acquisition date. A rollforward of these changes is included in Note 18 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 on pages 8996 through 93

101.

On July 30, 2010, UMB Advisors, LLC (“UMB Advisors”)(UMB Advisors) and UMB Merchant Banc, LLC (“UMBMB”(UMBMB), together with UMB Advisors, the “Buyers”), a subsidiarysubsidiaries of UMB Financial Corporation, completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Prairie Capital Management LLC (“Prairie Capital”)(Prairie Capital) and PCM LLC (“PCM”)(PCM) for cash of $25.9 million and future consideration. After the completion of the transaction, UMB Advisors name was changed to Prairie Capital Management, LLC. Prairie Capital is in the business of providing investment management services, and PCM is the general partner of various investment funds and associated with Prairie Capital’s business. UMB Advisors purchased substantially all of the assets of Prairie Capital’s business, and UMBMB purchased substantially all of the assets of PCM’s business. This acquisition increased the Company’s assets under management base by $2.2 billion and increased the Company’s servicing assets by $2.6 billion. Goodwill amounted to $32.2 million with the remaining purchase price allocated to cash, furniture, fixtures, prepaid assets, and unearned income. Identifiable intangible assets amounted to $19.4 million. Total goodwill and intangible assets are inclusive of contingent earn-out payments based on revenue targets over the next five years. This earn-out liability was estimated to be $26.0 million at the purchase date. Earn-outSince the date of acquisition, earn-out payments and valuation adjustments have been made in 2011 resulting in a contingent earn-out liability of $26.1$16.6 million at December 31, 2011.

2013.

On September 1, 2010, Scout Investment Advisors, Inc. (Scout), a wholly-owned subsidiary of UMB Financial Corporation, completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Reams Asset Management

Company, LLC (“Reams”) for cash of $44.7 million and future consideration. Reams is a provider of investment management services to institutional clients and a manager of over $9.8 billion in fixed income assets. Reams is now operated as a division of Scout Investments, Inc. Goodwill amounted to $47.5 million with the remaining purchase price allocated to cash, furniture, fixtures, prepaid assets, and unearned income. Identifiable intangible assets totaled $26.0 million. Total goodwill and intangible assets are inclusive of contingent earn-out payments

86


based on revenue and expense targets over the next five years. This earn-out liability was estimated to be $32.5 million at the purchase date. Earn-outSince the date of acquisition, earn-out payments and valuation adjustments werehave been made in 2011 resulting in a contingent earn-out liability of $31.6$29.6 million at December 31, 2011.

On May 7, 2009, UMB Fund Services, Inc., a subsidiary of UMB Financial Corporation, completed the purchase of 100 percent of the outstanding equity interests of J.D. Clark & Co., Inc. (J.D. Clark), a privately held, third-party fund service provider to alternative investment firms in a cash transaction of $23.1 million and future consideration. Management believes this acquisition will grow the Company’s fund servicing fee base and enhance the Company’s technology and servicing capabilities to alternative investment firms. J.D. Clark, with $18 billion in assets under administration operates as a wholly-owned subsidiary of UMB Fund Services, Inc. J.D. Clark retained its name and continues its operations from Ogden, Utah. Goodwill amounted to $19.5 million with the remaining purchase price allocated to $2.0 million in furniture, fixtures, and software and $1.2 million in accounts receivable. Identifiable intangible assets amounted to $24.8 million. Total goodwill and intangible assets are inclusive of contingent earn-out payments of approximately $23.7 million based on revenue targets over the next four years. Earn-out payments and valuation adjustments have been made in 2010 and 2011 resulting in a contingent earn-out liability of $13.4 million at December 31, 2011.

2013.

17.16.  INCOME TAXES

Income taxes as set forth below produce effective income tax rates of 27.0 percent in 2013, 27.9 percent in 2012, and 27.3 percent in 2011, 28.3 percent in 2010, and 25.7 percent in 2009.2011. These percentages are computed by dividing total income tax by the sum of such tax and net income.

Income tax expense includes the following components (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31

 
   2011

  2010

  2009

 

Current tax expense

             

Federal

  $37,669   $46,127   $34,763  

State

   2,415    2,948    2,195  
   


 


 


Total current tax provision

   40,084    49,075    36,958  

Deferred tax expense

             

Federal

   (178  (13,836  (4,932

State

   (19  610    (1,034
   


 


 


Total deferred tax benefit

   (197  (13,226  (5,966
   


 


 


Total tax expense

  $39,887   $35,849   $30,992  
   


 


 


   Year Ended December 31 
    2013  2012   2011 

Current tax

     

Federal

  $50,832   $40,837    $37,669  

State

   3,750    2,995     2,415  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax expense

   54,582    43,832     40,084  

Deferred tax

     

Federal

   (4,278  2,862     (178

State

   (845  813     (19
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax (benefit) expense

   (5,123  3,675     (197
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax expense

  $49,459   $47,507    $39,887  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation between the income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate of 35% to income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31

 
   2011

  2010

  2009

 

Statutory federal income tax expense

  $51,226   $44,398   $42,167  

Tax-exempt interest income

   (12,301  (10,365  (10,257

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefits

   1,193    431    759  

Federal tax credits

   (687  (564  (1,100

Other

   456    1,949    (577
   


 


 


Total tax expense

  $39,887   $35,849   $30,992  
   


 


 


87


   Year Ended December 31 
   2013  2012  2011 

Statutory federal income tax expense

  $64,199   $59,578   $51,226  

Tax-exempt interest income

   (14,146  (13,480  (12,301

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefits

   1,887    2,475    1,193  

Federal tax credits

   (2,338  (1,090  (687

Other

   (143  24    456  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total tax expense

  $49,459   $47,507   $39,887  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

In preparing its tax returns, the Company is required to interpret complex tax laws and regulations to determine its taxable income. Periodically, the Company is subject to examinations by various taxing authorities that may give rise to differing interpretations of these complex laws. The Company is not in the examination process with any tax jurisdictions at December 31, 2011. However, uponUpon examination, agreement of tax liabilities between the Company and the multiple tax jurisdictions in which the Company files tax returns may ultimately be different. The Company is currently not under federal audit by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company is in the examination process with one state taxing authority for tax years 2009, 2010 and 2011. The Company believes the aggregate amount of any additional liabilities that may result from this examination, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

Deferred income tax expense (benefit) results from differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities for income tax return purposes.

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected in the following table (in thousands):

 

   December 31,

 
   2011

  2010

 

Deferred tax assets:

         

Loans, principally due to allowance for loan losses

  $29,301   $28,034  

Stock-based compensation

   4,637    3,598  

Accrued expenses

   8,968    9,348  

Miscellaneous

   4,257    7,032  
   


 


Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

   47,163    48,012  

Valuation allowance

   (2,605  (2,378
   


 


Total deferred tax assets

   44,558    45,634  
   


 


Deferred tax liabilities:

         

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

   (46,877  (14,431

Land, buildings and equipment

   (25,448  (22,541

Intangibles

   (2,771  (4,451

Miscellaneous

   (3,409  (5,909
   


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

   (78,505  (47,332
   


 


Net deferred tax liability

  $(33,947 $(1,698
   


 


   December 31, 
   2013  2012 

Deferred tax assets:

   

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

  $19,495   $—    

Loans, principally due to allowance for loan losses

   28,367    27,148  

Stock-based compensation

   6,302    5,486  

Accrued expenses

   19,943    12,813  

Miscellaneous

   4,474    5,369  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

   78,581    50,816  

Valuation allowance

   (2,680  (2,775
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   75,901    48,041  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

   —      (49,319

Land, buildings and equipment

   (25,403  (26,049

Original issue discount

   (4,439  (4,505

Partnership investments

   (6,540  —    

Intangibles

   (238  (3,430

Miscellaneous

   (5,408  (4,802
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   (42,028  (88,105
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

  $33,873   $(40,064
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company has various state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $23.8$1.0 million $25.5 million, and $22.0 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.as of December 31, 2013. These net operating losses expire at various times between 20122014 and 2031. As of December 31, 2011 the2033. The Company has a full valuation allowance of $0.8 million for these state net operating losses as they are not expected to be fully realized. In addition, the Company has a valuation allowance of $1.8$1.7 million to reduce certain other state deferred tax assets to the amount of tax benefit management believes it will more likely than not realize.

The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2013 is included in other assets. The net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2011 and 20102012 is included in accrued expenses and taxes.

Liabilities Associated With Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company or one ofand its subsidiaries filesfile income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for tax years prior to 20082010 in the jurisdictions in which it files.

The gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits totaled $4.1$5.0 million and $3.9$4.3 million at December 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, net of associated deferred tax benefit, that would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $2.7would be $3.3 million and $2.5$2.8 million at December 31, 20112013 and December 31, 2010,2012, respectively. The unrecognized tax benefit relates to state tax positions that if recognized,

88


would result in the recognition ofhave a deferred tax asset for the corresponding federal tax benefit. While it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months, the Company does not expect this change to have a material impact on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

  December 31,

   December 31, 
2011

 2010

  2013 2012 

Unrecognized tax benefits—opening balance

  $3,898   $2,948    $4,347   $4,101  

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period

   —      225     —      —    

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

   (374  (179   (80  (141

Gross increases—current-period tax positions

   1,045    1,279     1,049    1,057  

Settlements

   —      —       —      —    

Lapse of statute of limitations

   (468  (375   (319  (670
  


 


  

 

  

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits—ending balance

  $4,101   $3,898    $4,997   $4,347  
  


 


  

 

  

 

 

17.  DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to certain fixed rate assets. The Company also has interest rate derivatives that result from a service provided to certain qualifying customers and, therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk of the Company’s assets or liabilities. The Company has entered into an offsetting position for each of these derivative instruments with a matching instrument from another financial institution in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Company’s derivative asset and derivative liability are located within Other Assets and Other Liabilities, respectively, on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

This table provides a summary of the fair value of the Company’s derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

   Asset Derivatives   Liability Derivatives 
   December 31,   December 31, 
    2013   2012   2013   2012 

Fair value

        

Interest Rate Products:

        

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  $2,442    $3,503    $2,346    $3,625  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   76     —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,518    $3,503    $2,346    $3,625  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed-rate assets due to changes in the benchmark interest rate, LIBOR. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve making fixed-rate

payments to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had one interest rate swap with a notional amount of $6.9 million that was designated as a fair value hedge of interest rate risk associated with the Company’s fixed rate loan assets.

Designated Hedges

For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. The Company includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the related derivatives. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a net gain of $2 thousand in other noninterest expense related to hedge ineffectiveness.

Non-designated Hedges

The remainder of the Company’s derivatives are not designated in qualifying hedging relationships. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers, which the Company implemented during the first quarter of 2010. The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously offset by interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had twenty-four interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $334.0 million related to this program. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized net gains of $217 thousand and net losses of $79 thousand, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of these swaps.

Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Income Statement

This table provides a summary of the amount of gain (loss) recognized in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income related to the Company’s derivative asset and liability as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

   Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized
For the Year Ended
 
   December 31, 
   2013  2012 

Interest Rate Products

   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  $217   $(79
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $217   $(79
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest Rate Products

   

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   

Fair value adjustments on derivatives

  $76   $  —    

Fair value adjustments on hedged items

   (74  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $2   $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

18.  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011,2013, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value.

Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the hierarchy. In such cases, the fair value is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

89


Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 20112013 and 20102012 (in thousands):

 

       Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

 

Description


  December 31,
2011


   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)


   Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)

   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)


 

Assets

                    

U.S. Treasury

  $400    $400    $—      $—    

U.S. Agencies

   1,517     1,517     —       —    

Mortgage—backed

   29,641     —       29,641     —    

State and political subdivisions

   7,252     —       7,252     —    

Trading—other

   19,332     19,317     15     —    
   


  


  


  


Trading securities

   58,142     21,234     36,908     —    
   


  


  


  


U.S. Treasury

   189,325     189,325     —       —    

U.S. Agencies

   1,632,009     1,632,009     —       —    

Mortgage—backed

   2,492,348     —       2,492,348     —    

State and political subdivisions

   1,694,036     —       1,694,036     —    

Corporates

   100,164     100,164     —       —    
   


  


  


  


Available for sale securities

   6,107,882     1,921,498     4,186,384     —    
   


  


  


  


Total

  $6,166,024    $1,942,732    $4,223,292    $—    
   


  


  


  


Liabilities

                    

Contingent consideration liability

  $72,046    $—      $—      $72,046  
   


  


  


  


      Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

       Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using 

Description


  December 31,
2010


   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)


   Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)


   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)


   December 31,
2013
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Assets

        

U.S. Treasury

  $400    $400    $—      $—      $400    $400    $—      $—    

U.S. Agencies

   16,632     16,632     —       —       —       —       —       —    

Mortgage—backed

   7,521     —       7,521     —    

Mortgage-backed

   515     —       515     —    

State and political subdivisions

   5,336     —       5,336     —       3,072     —       3,072     —    

Trading—other

   12,591     12,591     —       —       24,477     24,477     —       —    
  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Trading securities

   42,480     29,623     12,857     —       28,464     24,877     3,587     —    
  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

U.S. Treasury

   486,713     486,713     —       —       110,200     110,200     —       —    

U.S. Agencies

   2,000,298     2,000,298     —       —       1,257,663     —       1,257,663     —    

Mortgage—backed

   1,833,475     —       1,833,475     —    

Mortgage-backed

   2,944,566     —       2,944,566     —    

State and political subdivisions

   1,262,275     —       1,262,275     —       1,995,246     —       1,995,246     —    

Corporates

   30,286     30,286     —       —       454,736     454,736     —       —    
  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Available for sale securities

   5,613,047     2,517,297     3,095,750     —       6,762,411     564,936     6,197,475     —    

Company-owned life insurance

   19,619     —       19,619     —    

Derivatives

   2,518     —       2,518     —    
  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $5,655,527    $2,546,920    $3,108,607    $—      $6,813,012    $589,813    $6,223,199    $—    
  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities

                    

Deferred compensation

  $19,825    $19,825    $—      $—    

Contingent consideration liability

  $77,719    $—      $—      $77,719     46,201     —       —       46,201  

Derivatives

   2,346     —       2,346     —    
  


  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $68,372    $19,825    $2,346    $46,201  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

90


        Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using 

Description

  December 31,
2012
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Assets

        

U.S. Treasury

  $400    $400    $—      $—    

U.S. Agencies

   506     —       506     —    

Mortgage-backed

   11,288     —       11,288     —    

State and political subdivisions

   12,913     —       12,913     —    

Trading—other

   30,657     30,657     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading securities

   55,764     31,057     24,707     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

   117,851     117,851     —       —    

U.S. Agencies

   1,026,115     —       1,026,115     —    

Mortgage-backed

   3,556,193     —       3,556,193     —    

State and political subdivisions

   1,892,684     —       1,892,684     —    

Corporates

   338,887     338,887     —       —    

Commercial paper

   5,733     —       5,733     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

   6,937,463     456,738     6,480,725     —    

Company-owned life insurance

   10,539     —       10,539     —    

Derivatives

   3,503     —       3,503     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $7,007,269    $487,795    $6,519,474    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Deferred compensation

  $13,705    $13,705    $—      $—    

Contingent consideration liability

   51,163     —       —       51,163  

Derivatives

   3,625     —       3,625     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $68,493    $13,705    $3,625    $51,163  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending fair value of balances of the contingent consideration liability:

   December 31, 
   2013  2012 

Beginning balance

  $51,163   $72,046  

Payment of contingent consideration on acquisitions

   (16,172  (17,371

Income from fair value adjustments

   (138  (9,656

Expense from fair value adjustments

   11,348    6,144  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $46,201   $51,163  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company adopted ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (ASU 2011-04) for the quarter ended March 31, 2012. The amendments set forth by the ASU require the Company’s contingent consideration liability to be measured from the perspective of a market participant that holds an identical asset as of the measurement date. Due to this methodology change, the Company began calculating the discount rates using a weighted average cost of capital approach, which caused an increase in the discount rates utilized. This resulted in a $6.9 million ($4.7 million, net of tax) reduction of the contingent consideration liabilities and a corresponding increase to other non-interest income due which is included in the “Income from fair value adjustments” line in the table above for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The following table presents certain quantitative information about the significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement for the contingent consideration liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) input as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

   December 31,

 
   2011

  2010

 

Beginning balance

  $77,719   $29,284  

Contingent consideration from new acquisitions

   —      58,527  

Payment of contingent consideration on acquisitions

   (8,316  (8,479

Expense(Income) from fair value adjustments

   2,643    (1,613
   


 


Ending balance

  $72,046   $77,719  
   


 


Description

Valuation Techniques

Significant

Unobservable Inputs

Range

Liabilities

Contingent consideration liability

Discounted cash flowsRevenue and expense growth percentage1% -78%

An increase in the revenue growth percentage may result in a significantly higher estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability. Alternatively, a decrease in the revenue growth percentage may result in a significantly lower estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability.

Valuation methods for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Fair value disclosures require disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments measured on a recurring basis:

Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities    Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

Trading Securities    Fair values for trading securities (including financial futures), are based on quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices for similar securities.

Company-owned Life Insurance    Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes with adjustments for dividends, capital gains, and administrative charges.

Derivatives    Fair values are determined using valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates, and implied volatilities. The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.

Deferred Compensation    Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.

Contingent Consideration    The fair value of contingent consideration liabilities are derived from a discounted cash flow model of future contingent payments. The valuation of these liabilities are estimated by a collaborative effort of the Company’s mergers and acquisitions group, business unit management, and the corporate accounting group. These groups report primarily to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. These future contingent payments are calculated based on estimates of future income and expense from each acquisition. These estimated cash flows are projected by the business unit management and reviewed by the mergers and acquisitions group. To obtain a current valuation of these projected cash flows, a discount rate is applied to determine the present value. The cash flow projections and discount rates are reviewed quarterly and updated as market conditions necessitate. Potential valuation adjustments are made as future income and expense projections for each acquisition are made which affect the calculation of the related contingent consideration payment. These adjustments are recorded through noninterest income and expense.

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 20112013 and 20102012 (in thousands):

 

       Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2011 Using

 

Description


  December 31,
2011


   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets

for Identical
Assets (Level 1)


   Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)

   Significant
Unobservable

Inputs (Level  3)

   Total
Gains
(Losses)
Recognized
During the
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31


 

Impaired loans

  $6,296    $—      $—      $6,296    $(1,370

Other real estate owned

   5,909     —       —       5,909    $(1,065
   


  


  


  


  


Total

  $12,505    $—      $—      $12,505    $(2,435
   


  


  


  


  


       Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2013 Using 

Description

  December 31,
2013
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
   Total
Gains
(Losses)
Recognized
During the
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31
 

Impaired loans

  $15,496    $    —      $    —      $15,496    $(2,496

Other real estate owned

   329     —       —       329     (125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $15,825    $—      $—      $15,825    $(2,621
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

91


       Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2010 Using

 

Description


  December 31,
2010


   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)


   Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)

   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)


   Total
Gains
(Losses)
Recognized
During the
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31


 

Impaired loans

  $7,008    $—      $—      $7,008    $—    

Other real estate owned

   4,387     —       —       4,387    $—    
   


  


  


  


  


Total

  $11,395    $—      $—      $11,395    $—    
   


  


  


  


  


       Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2012 Using 

Description

  December 31,
2012
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
   Total
Gains
(Losses)
Recognized
During the
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31
 

Impaired loans

  $5,178    $    —      $    —      $5,178    $1,756  

Other real estate owned

   924     —       —       924     (455
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $6,102    $—      $—      $6,102    $1,301  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation methods for instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments measured on a non-recurring basis:

Impaired loans    While the overall loan portfolio is not carried at fair value, adjustments are recorded on certain loans to reflect partial write-downs that are based on the value of the underlying collateral. In determining the value of real estate collateral, the Company relies onDirector of Property Management, who reports to the Chief Risk Officer, obtains external appraisals. The external appraisals are generally based on recent sales of comparable properties which are then adjusted for the unique characteristics of the property being valued. Upon receiving the external appraisal, the Company’s appraisal department led by the Chief Appraiser who reports to the Chief Credit Officer review the appraisal to determine if the appraisal is a reasonable basis for the value of the property based upon historical experience and assessmentdetailed knowledge of the specific property values by its internal staff.and location. In the case of non-real estate collateral, reliance is placed on a variety of sources, including external estimates of value and judgments based on the experience and expertise of internal specialists.specialists within the Company’s property management group and the Company’s credit department. The valuation of the impaired loans is reviewed on a quarterly basis. Because many of these inputs are not observable, the measurements are classified as Level 3.

Other real estate ownedOther real estate owned consists of loan collateral which has been repossessed through foreclosure. This collateral is comprised of commercial and residential real estate and other non-real estate property, including auto, recreational and marine vehicles. Other real estate owned is recorded as held for sale initially at the lower of the loan balance or fair value of the collateral less costcollateral. The initial valuation of the foreclosed property is obtained through an appraisal process similar to sell.the process described in the impaired loans paragraph above. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are reviewed quarterly and updated periodically, and the assets may be marked down further, reflecting a new cost basis. Fair value measurements may be based upon appraisals or third-party price opinions and, accordingly, those measurements may be classified as Level 2. Other fair value measurements may be based on internally developed pricing methods, and those measurements may be classified as Level 3. The

Fair value disclosures require disclosure of the fair value measurements in the table above exclude cost to sell.

of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments not recorded at fair value at December, 31, 20112013 and 20102012 are as follows (in(in millions):

 

   December 31

 
   2011

   2010

 
   Carrying
Amount


   Fair
Value


   Carrying
Amount


   Fair
Value


 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                    

Securities held to maturity

   89.2     102.3     63.6     68.8  

Federal Reserve Bank and other stock

   22.2     22.2     23.0     23.0  

Loans (exclusive of allowance for loan loss)

   4,898.5     5,042.0     4,524.1     4,666.8  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                    

Time deposits

   1,548.4     1,557.8     1,694.1     1,705.9  

Long-term debt

   6.5     6.8     8.9     9.5  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

                    

Commitments to extend credit for loans

        5.8          5.6  

Commercial letters of credit

        0.3          0.3  

Standby letters of credit

        2.2          2.0  

   Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2013 Using 
    Carrying
Amount
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
   Total
Estimated
Fair Value
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

          

Securities held to maturity

  $209.8    $    —      $231.5    $    —      $231.5  

Federal Reserve Bank and other

   50.5     —       50.5     —       50.5  

Loans (exclusive of allowance for loan loss)

   6,521.9     —       6,571.6     —       6,571.6  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

          

Time deposits

   1,449.6     —       1,449.4     —       1,449.4  

Long-term debt

   5.1     —       4.5     —       4.5  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

          

Commitments to extend credit for loans

           6.0  

Commercial letters of credit

           0.1  

Standby letters of credit

           2.0  

 

92


   Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2012 Using 
    Carrying
Amount
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
   Significant
Other Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
   Total
Estimated
Fair Value
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

          

Securities held to maturity

  $114.8    $    —      $129.5    $    —      $129.5  

Federal Reserve Bank and other

   26.3     —       26.3     —       26.3  

Loans (exclusive of allowance for loan loss)

   5,690.6     —       5,754.1     —       5,754.1  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

          

Time deposits

   1,282.3     —         —       1,287.9  

Long-term debt

   5.9     —         —       6.1  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

          

Commitments to extend credit for loans

           5.6  

Commercial letters of credit

           0.2  

Standby letters of credit

           2.1  

The fair values of cash and short-term investments, demand and savings deposits, federal funds and repurchase agreements, and short-term debt approximate the carrying values.

Securities Held to MaturityFair value of held-to-maturity securities are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar investments would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Federal Reserve Bank and Other    StockAmount consists of Federal Reserve Bank stock held by the Company’s affiliate banksBank, Prairie Capital Management equity-method investments, and other miscellaneous investments. The fair value of Federal Reserve Bank stock is considered to be the carrying value becauseas no readily determinable market exists for these investments.investments because they can only be redeemed with the FRB. The fair value of Prairie Capital Management marketable equity-method investments are based on quoted market prices used to estimate the value of the underlying investment. For non-marketable equity-method investments, the Company’s proportionate share of the income or loss is recognized on a one-quarter lag based on the valuation of the underlying investment(s).

LoansFair values are estimated for portfolios with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type, such as commercial, real estate, consumer, and credit card. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and variable interest rate categories. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Time DepositsThe fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates that are currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Long-Term DebtRates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.

Other Off-Balance Sheet InstrumentsThe fair value of loan commitments and letters of credit are determined based on the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreement and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. Neither the fees earned during the year on these instruments nor their fair value at year-end are significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 20112013 and 2010.2012. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these consolidated financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amount presented herein.

In the previously filed Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company inadvertently excluded certain disclosures regarding the fair value of the contingent consideration liability from this footnote as required by ASC 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. As a result, the accompanying 2010 fair value footnote has been amended to include the appropriate disclosures. There is no quantitative impact on the financial statements of the Company as a result of this additional disclosure.

93


19.  PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

  December 31

   December 31 
  2011

   2010

    2013     2012  

BALANCE SHEETS(in thousands)

      

BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands)

    

ASSETS:

          

Investment in subsidiaries:

          

Banks

  $1,011,776    $886,154    $1,159,098    $1,062,651  

Non-banks

   143,463     130,485     175,650     151,825  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

Total investment in subsidiaries

   1,155,239     1,016,639     1,334,748     1,214,476  

Goodwill on purchased affiliates

   5,011     5,011     5,011     5,011  

Cash

   5,904     17,804     110,932     6,993  

Securities available for sale and other

   39,790     26,947     61,685     58,567  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

Total assets

  $1,205,944    $1,066,401    $1,512,376    $1,285,047  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

          

Short-term debt

  $10,000    $—      $—      $—    

Accrued expenses and other

   4,812     5,541     6,311     5,702  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities

   14,812     5,541     6,311     5,702  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

   1,191,132     1,060,860     1,506,065     1,279,345  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $1,205,944    $1,066,401    $1,512,376    $1,285,047  
  


  


  

 

   

 

 

 

  Year Ended December 31

   Year Ended December 31 
  2011

 2010

 2009

   2013 2012 2011 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME(in thousands)

   

STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME(in thousands)

    

INCOME:

       

Dividends and income received from affiliate banks

  $41,000   $56,750   $77,600  

Dividends and income received from subsidiary banks

  $54,750   $78,000   $41,000  

Service fees from subsidiaries

   30,422    20,402    14,772     33,443    27,821    30,422  

Other

   694    1,873    3,214     387    1,012    694  
  


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total income

   72,116    79,025    95,586     88,580    106,833    72,116  
  


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

 

EXPENSE:

       

Salaries and employee benefits

   33,194    24,470    22,033     32,223    30,683    33,194  

Other

   14,974    14,649    11,041     9,198    9,428    14,974  
  


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total expense

   48,168    39,119    33,074     41,421    40,111    48,168  
  


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

   23,948    39,906    62,512     47,159    66,722    23,948  

Income tax benefit

   (6,458  (6,621  (5,863   (4,307  (4,248  (6,458
  


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

   30,406    46,527    68,375     51,466    70,970    30,406  

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries:

       

Banks

   65,885    58,926    19,693     64,674    44,797    65,885  

Non-Banks

   10,181    (14,451  1,416     17,825    6,950    10,181  
  


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

  $106,472   $91,002   $89,484  

Net income and comprehensive income

  $133,965   $122,717   $106,472  
  


 


 


  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    Year Ended December 31 
    2013  2012  2011 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)

    

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating activities:

    

Net income

  $133,965   $122,717   $106,472  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

   (137,249  (129,747  (117,066

Net decrease (increase) in trading securities

   6,181    (11,380  (6,629

Other

   (8,467  (16,812  (6,567
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (5,570  (35,222  (23,790
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net capital investment in subsidiaries

   (156,000  (3,000  (6,900

Dividends received from subsidiaries

   54,750    78,000    41,000  

Net capital (expenditures) proceeds for premises and equipment

   (406  466    (538
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

   (101,656  75,466    33,562  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from short-term debt

   —      —      10,000  

Cash dividends paid

   (36,168  (33,787  (31,801

Common stock issuance

   231,430    —      —    

Net issuance (purchase) of treasury stock

   15,903    (5,368  129  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   211,165    (39,155  (21,672
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

   103,939    1,089    (11,900
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of period

   6,993    5,904    17,804  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

  $110,932   $6,993   $5,904  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

94


   Year Ended December 31

 
   2011

  2010

  2009

 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS(in thousands)             

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

             

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating activities:

             

Net income

  $106,472   $91,002   $89,484  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

   (117,066  (101,225  (98,708

Net (increase) decrease in trading securities

   (6,629  1,325    (2,412

Other

   (6,567  3,683    (3,389
   


 


 


Net cash used in operating activities

   (23,790  (5,215  (15,025
   


 


 


INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

             

Net capital investment in subsidiaries

   (6,900  (35,701  (27,154

Dividends received from subsidiaries

   41,000    56,750    77,600  

Net capital expenditures for premises and equipment

   (538  51    90  
   


 


 


Net cash provided by investing activities

   33,562    21,100    50,536  
   


 


 


FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

             

Proceeds from short-term debt

   10,000    —      —    

Cash dividends paid

   (31,801  (30,460  (28,792

Net purchase of treasury stock

   129    (369  (19,284
   


 


 


Net cash used in financing activities

   (21,672  (30,829  (48,076
   


 


 


Net (decrease) in cash

   (11,900  (14,944  (12,565
   


 


 


Cash at beginning of period

   17,804    32,748    45,313  
   


 


 


Cash at end of period

  $5,904   $17,804   $32,748  
   


 


 


95


20.  20.  SUMMARY OF OPERATING RESULTS BY QUARTER (unaudited) (in thousands except per share data)

 

   Three Months Ended

 

2011


  March 31

  June 30

  Sept 30

  Dec 31

 

Interest income

  $85,973   $86,551   $85,624   $85,505  

Interest expense

   (7,525  (6,633  (6,550  (5,972
   


 


 


 


Net interest income

   78,448    79,918    79,074    79,533  

Provision for loan losses

   (7,100  (5,600  (4,500  (5,000

Noninterest income

   107,750    107,856    100,957    97,769  

Noninterest expense

   (135,516  (145,581  (139,428  (142,221

Income tax expense

   (12,712  (10,272  (10,088  (6,815
   


 


 


 


Net income

  $30,870   $26,321   $26,015   $23,266  
   


 


 


 


2010


  March 31

  June 30

  Sept 30

  Dec 31

 

Interest income

  $86,101   $86,733   $86,891   $86,782  

Interest expense

   (10,327  (9,065  (8,508  (7,994
   


 


 


 


Net interest income

   75,774    77,668    78,383    78,788  

Provision for loan losses

   (8,310  (8,100  (7,700  (7,400

Noninterest income

   86,430    89,100    90,084    94,756  

Noninterest expense

   (117,378  (126,122  (130,635  (138,487

Income tax expense

   (10,331  (9,533  (7,359  (8,626
   


 


 


 


Net income

  $26,185   $23,013   $22,773   $19,031  
   


 


 


 


Per Share

2011


  Three Months Ended

 
  March 31

   June 30

   Sept 30

   Dec 31

 

Net income—basic

  $0.77    $0.66    $0.65    $0.58  

Net income—diluted

   0.76     0.65     0.64     0.58  

Dividend

   0.195     0.195     0.195     0.205  

Book value

   26.62     27.97     28.97     29.46  

Per Share

2010


  March 31

   June 30

   Sept 30

   Dec 31

 
  Three Months Ended 

2013

  March 31   June 30   Sept 30   Dec 31 

Interest income

  $83,902    $86,212    $89,096    $89,131  

Interest expense

   4,419     3,885     3,551     3,217  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net interest income

   79,483     82,327     85,545     85,914  

Provision for loan losses

   2,000     5,000     6,500     4,000  

Noninterest income

   121,016     113,585     121,625     135,607  

Noninterest expense

   150,378     150,311     153,063     170,426  

Income tax expense

   13,180     10,672     13,175     12,432  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net income

  $34,941    $29,929    $34,432    $34,663  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

2012

  March 31   June 30   Sept 30   Dec 31 

Interest income

  $84,733    $85,350    $84,979    $84,623  

Interest expense

   5,644     4,977     4,614     4,394  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net interest income

   79,089     80,373     80,365     80,229  

Provision for loan losses

   4,500     4,500     4,500     4,000  

Noninterest income

   132,301     110,226     106,321     109,274  

Noninterest expense

   141,904     144,686     145,905     157,959  

Income tax expense

   18,619     12,248     10,156     6,484  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net income

  $46,367    $29,165    $26,125    $21,060  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Per Share

2013

  Three Months Ended 
March 31   June 30   Sept 30   Dec 31 

Net income—basic

  $0.65    $0.57    $0.57    $0.48    $0.88    $0.75    $0.85    $0.78  

Net income—diluted

   0.65     0.57     0.57     0.47     0.87     0.74     0.83     0.77  

Dividend

   0.185     0.185     0.185     0.195     0.215     0.215     0.215     0.225  

Book value

   25.43     26.42     26.98     26.24     31.73     30.20     32.85     33.30  

Per Share

        

Per Share

2012

  March 31   June 30   Sept 30   Dec 31 

Net income—basic

  $1.16    $0.73    $0.65    $0.53  

Net income—diluted

   1.15     0.72     0.64     0.52  

Dividend

   0.205     0.205     0.205     0.215  

Book value

   29.90     30.89     31.88     31.71  

96


ITEM 9.CHANGESCHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A.CONTROLSCONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures At the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have each evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “Disclosure Controls and Procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) and have concluded that the Company’s Disclosure Controls and Procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate “internal control over financial reporting”, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was conducted based on the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission’sInternal Control—Integrated Framework. Because this assessment was conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), it included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C).

Based on the evaluation under the framework inInternal Control—Integrated Framework, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have each concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective at the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K. Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included within this report, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting at the end of the period covered by this report. Deloitte & Touche LLP’s attestation report is set forth below.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting No changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, such controls during the last quarter of the period covered by this report.

97


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UMB Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Kansas City, Missouri

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011,2013, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Control—Integrated Framework (1992)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011,2013, based on the criteria established inInternal Control — Control—Integrated Framework (1992)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 20112013 of the Company and our report dated February 28, 201225, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ DeloitteDELOITTE & ToucheTOUCHE LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 28 201225, 2014

98


ITEM 9B.OTHEROTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III

 

ITEM 10.DIRECTORS,DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item relating to executive officers is included in Part I of this Form 10-K (page 10)(pages 10 through 11) under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrants.”

The information required by this item regarding Directors is incorporated herein by reference under the caption “Proposal #1: Election of Directors” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 201222, 2014 (the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders).

The information required by this item regarding the Audit Committee and the Audit Committee financial experts is incorporated herein by reference under the caption “Corporate Governance—Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

The information required by this item concerning Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is incorporated herein by reference under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer. You can find the Company’s code of ethics on its website by going to the following address:www.umb.com/aboutumb/investorrelations.investorrelations. The Company will post any amendments to the code of ethics, as well as any waivers that are required to be disclosed, under the rules of either the SEC or NASDAQ. A copy of the code of ethics will be provided, at no charge, to any person requesting same, by written notice sent to the Company’s Corporate Secretary, 6th floor, 1010 Grand Blvd., Kansas City, Missouri 64106.

 

ITEM 11.EXECUTIVEEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference under the Executive Compensation section of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

ITEM 12.SECURITYSECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

This information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 20112014 Proxy Statement under the caption “Stock Ownership—Principal Shareholders.”

Security Ownership of Management

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Stock Beneficially Owned by Directors and Nominees and Executive Officers.”

99


The following table summarizes shares authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans.

 

  Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights


   Weighted
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights


   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plan


   Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Weighted
average exercise
price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plan
 

Plan Category

               

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

               

2002 Incentive Stock Option Plan

   630,509     33.16     None     341,491    $36.05     None  

2005 Long-term Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Options

   1,128,825     38.35     2,799,727     1,342,025     40.45     5,605,307  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   None     None     None     None     None     None  
  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   1,759,334    $36.49     2,799,727     1,683,516    $39.56     5,605,307  
  


  


  


  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

ITEM 13.CERTAINCERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information provided under the captions “Corporate Governance—Certain Transactions” and “Corporate Governance—Director Independence” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPALITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information provided under the caption “Proposal #2: Ratification of Selection of Independent Public Accountants” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS,EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are included in item 8 of this report.

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20112013 and 20102012

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Years Ended December 31, 20112013

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2013

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended December 31, 20112013

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Three Years Ended December 31, 20112013

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the parent company only may be found in item 8 above. All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or in the notes thereto, the amounts involved are not significant or the required subject matter is not applicable.

100


Exhibits

The following Exhibit Index lists the Exhibits to Form 10-K:

 

  3.1  Articles of Incorporation restated as of April 25, 2006. Amended Article III was filed with the Missouri Secretary of State on May 18, 2006 and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and filed with the Commission on May 9, 2006.
  3.2  Bylaws, amended and restated as of July 26, 2011January 28, 2014 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 (ii).2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and filed with the Commission on August 4, 2011.January 28, 2014.
  4
  Description of the Registrant’s common stock in Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to its General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10 dated March 5, 1993. The following portions of those documents define some of the rights of the holders of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share: Articles III (authorized shares), X (amendment of the Bylaws) and XI (amendment of the Articles of Incorporation) of the Articles of Incorporation and Articles II (shareholder meetings), Sections 2 (number and classes of directors) and 3 (election and removal of directors) of Article III, Section 1(stock certificates) of Article VII and Section 4 (indemnification) of Article IX of the By-laws. Note: No long-term debt instrument issued by the Registrant exceeds 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries. In accordance with paragraph 4 (iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Registrant will furnish to the Commission, upon request, copies of long-term debt instruments and related agreements.
10.1  1992 Incentive Stock Option Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 to Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on February 17, 1993.
10.2
2002 Incentive Stock Option Plan, amended and restated as of April 22, 2008 incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Company’s April 22, 2008 Annual Meeting filed with the Commission on March 17, 2008.
10.310.2  UMB Financial Corporation Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan amended and restated as of January 22, 2008April 23, 2013 incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Company’s April 22, 200823, 2013 Annual Meeting filed with the Commission on March 17, 2008.13, 2013.
10.410.3  

Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of April 20, 1995 and incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 10.6 to Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2003.

10.510.4  UMBF 2005 Short-Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K for December 31, 2004 and filed with the Commission on March 14, 2005
10.6Restricted Stock Award Agreement and description of employment arrangement between the Company and Peter J. deSilva, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, and filed with the Commission of May 7, 2004.
10.7Employment offer letter between the Company and Michael D. Hagedorn dated February 9, 2005, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 9, 2005, and filed with the Commission on February 14, 2005.
10.8Employment offer letter between the company and Bradley J. Smith dated January 6, 2005 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 10-K for December 31, 2004 and filed with the Commission on March 14, 2005.
10.9Consulting Agreement between the Company and R. Crosby Kemper, Jr. dated November 1, 2004 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 10-K for December 31, 2004 and filed with the Commission on March 14, 2005.
10.10Employment offer letter between the Company and Clyde Wendel dated June 8, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and filed with the Commission on August 8, 2006.

101


10.11Employment offer letter between the Company and Brian J. Walker dated May 17, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 and filed with the Commission on August 8, 2007.
10.12Employment offer letter between the company and Daryl S. Hunt dated October 22, 2007 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Form 10-K for December 31, 2007 and filed with the Commission on February 28, 2008.
10.13Stock purchase agreement between the Company and Jeffrey D. Clark, Bonnie J. Clark, Michelle Jenson, Chad J. Allen, Jerry A. Wright, and Jill L. Calton dated May 7, 2009 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 and filed with the Commission on August 5, 2009.
10.1410.5  Stock purchase agreement between the Company and Prairie Capital Management, LLC dated June 27, 2010 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 and filed with the Commission on August 4, 2010.
10.1510.6  Asset purchase agreement between the Company and Reams Asset Management Company, LLC, MME Investments, LLC, Mark M. Egan, David B. McKinney, Hilltop Capital, LLC, Thomas M. Fink, Stephen T. Vincent, Todd C. Thompson, Deanne B. Olson, Daniel P. Spurgeon dated September 1, 2010 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and filed with the Commission on November 4, 2010.
10.1610.7  Employment offer letter betweenScout Investments Retention and Annual Performance Program incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company andCompany’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 12, 2012.
10.8Annual Variable Pay Plan Scout Investments/Leadership, January 1, 2014- December 31, 2014 for Andrew Iseman dated August 12, 2010incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 13, 2013.

10.9Annual Variable Pay Plan UMB Fund Services/Leadership, January 1, 2014-December 31, 2014 for John Zader incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s QuarterlyCurrent Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and8-K filed with the Commission on November 4, 2010.
10.17Employment offer letter between the Company and Christine Pierson dated December 8, 2010 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 and filed with the Commission on May 5, 2011.February 13, 2013.
21  Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23  Consent of Independent Auditors
24  Powers of Attorney
31.1  CEO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
31.2  CFO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
32.1  CEO Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
32.2  CFO Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
101.INS*101.INS  XBRL Instance
101.SCH*101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL*101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
101.DEF*101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition
101.LAB*101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels
101.PRE*101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation


*XBRL information will be considered to be furnished, not filed, for the first two years of a company’s submission of XBRL information.

102


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

/s/    J. Mariner Kemper    


J. Mariner Kemper

Chairman of the Board,

/s/    Michael D. Hagedorn    

Michael D. Hagedorn

Chief FinancialExecutive Officer

/s/    Brian J. Walker


Brian J. Walker

Senior Vice President, ControllerChief Financial Officer

(Chief Accounting Officer)Officer

Date: February 28, 2012

25, 2014

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities on the date indicated.

 

        DAVID R.  BRADLEY, JR.        


David R. Bradley, Jr.

 

Director

 

        NANCY K. BUESE        


Nancy K. Buese

 Director

        PETER J.DESILVA        


Peter J. deSilva

 

Director,

President, and

Chief Operating Officer

 

        TERRENCE P. DUNN        


Terrence P. Dunn

 Director

        KEVIN C. GALLAGHER        


Kevin C. Gallagher

 

Director

 

        GREGORY M. GRAVES        


Gregory M. Graves

 Director

        ALEXANDER C. KEMPER         


Alexander C. Kemper

 

Director

 

        JKOHNRIS H. MA. RIZEOBBINS        , JR.        


John H. Mize, Jr.Kris A. Robbins

 

Director

        KTRISHOMAS A. RD. SOBBINSANDERS        


Kris A. RobbinsThomas D. Sanders

Director

        L. JOSHUA SOSLAND        

L. Joshua Sosland

Director

        PAUL UHLMANN III        

Paul Uhlmann III

 

Director

 

        THOMAS D. SJ. WANDERS        


Thomas D. Sanders

Director

        L. JOSHUA SOSLAND        


L. Joshua Sosland

Director

        PAUL UHLMANNOOD III        


Paul Uhlmann III

Director


Thomas J. Wood III

 

Director

 

/S/     J. MARINER KEMPER    


J. Mariner Kemper

Attorney-in-Fact for each director

 

Director,

Chairman of the Board,

Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 28, 2012

 

103111